Amendments to the Regulatory Capital, Capital Plan, and Stress Test Rules, 18160-18188 [2018-08006]
Download as PDF
18160
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM
12 CFR Parts 217, 225, and 252
[Regulations Q, Y, and YY; Docket No. R–
1603]
RIN 7100–AF 02
Amendments to the Regulatory
Capital, Capital Plan, and Stress Test
Rules
Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System (Board).
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking
with request for comment.
AGENCY:
The Board is inviting
comment on a notice of proposed
rulemaking (proposal) that would
integrate the Board’s regulatory capital
rule (capital rule) and the Board’s
Comprehensive Capital Analysis and
Review (CCAR) and stress test rules in
order to simplify the capital regime
applicable to firms subject to the capital
plan rule. The proposal would amend
the Board’s capital plan rule, capital
rule, and stress testing rules, and make
amendments to the Stress Testing Policy
Statement that was proposed for public
comment on December 15, 2017. Under
the proposal, the Board’s supervisory
stress test would be used to establish the
size of a stress capital buffer
requirement and a stress leverage buffer
requirement. The proposal would apply
to bank holding companies with $50
billion or more in total consolidated
assets and U.S. intermediate holding
companies of foreign banking
organizations established pursuant to
Regulation YY. The proposal would not
apply to any community bank, any bank
holding company with total
consolidated assets of less than $50
billion, or to any state member bank or
savings and loan holding company. The
proposal would be effective on
December 31, 2018. Under the proposal,
a firm’s first stress capital buffer and
stress leverage buffer requirements
would generally be effective on October
1, 2019.
DATES: Comments must be received by
June 25, 2018.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments,
identified by [Docket No. R–1603 and
RIN 7100–AF 02] by any of the
following methods:
• Agency Website: https://
www.federalreserve.gov. Follow the
instructions for submitting comments at
https://www.federalreserve.gov/
generalinfo/foia/ProposedRegs.aspx.
• Email: regs.comments@
federalreserve.gov. Include the docket
number and RIN number in the subject
line of the message.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
• Fax: (202) 452–3819 or (202) 452–
3102.
• Mail: Address to Ann E. Misback,
Secretary, Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System, 20th Street and
Constitution Avenue NW, Washington,
DC 20551.
All public comments will be made
available on the Board’s website at
https://www.federalreserve.gov/
generalinfo/foia/ProposedRegs.aspx as
submitted, unless modified for technical
reasons or to remove sensitive PII at the
commenter’s request. Public comments
may also be viewed electronically or in
paper form in Room 3515, 1801 K Street
NW (between 18th and 19th Streets
NW), Washington, DC 20006 between
9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. on weekdays.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Lisa
Ryu, Associate Director, (202) 263–4833,
Constance Horsley, Deputy Associate
Director, (202) 452–5239, (202) 475–
6316, Juan Climent, Manager (202) 872–
7526, Christine Graham, Senior
Supervisory Financial Analyst, (202)
452–3005, Page Conkling, Senior
Supervisory Financial Analyst, (202)
912–4647, Joseph Cox, Senior
Supervisory Financial Analyst, (202)
452–3216, or Hillel Kipnis, Senior
Financial Analyst, (202) 452–2924,
Division of Banking Supervision and
Regulation; Benjamin W. McDonough,
Assistant General Counsel, (202) 452–
2036, Julie Anthony, Counsel, (202)
475–6682, Mark Buresh, Senior
Attorney, (202) 452–5270, Asad Kudiya,
Senior Attorney, (202) 475–6358, or
Mary Watkins, Attorney, (202) 452–
3722, Legal Division, Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve
System, 20th Street and Constitution
Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20551.
Users of Telecommunication Device for
Deaf (TDD) only, call (202) 263–4869.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Table of Contents
I. Background and Summary of the Proposal
A. Description of the Capital Plan and
Capital Rules
B. Review of Capital Planning and Stress
Testing Programs
C. Actions Following the CCAR Review
D. Summary of Proposal
II. Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements
A. Introduction to the Stress Buffer
Requirements
B. Assumptions and Methodologies Used
in Determining the Proposed Stress
Buffer Requirements
C. Effective Dates for Proposed Stress
Buffer Requirements
D. Impact of the Proposed Stress Buffer
Requirements
III. Proposed Changes to the Capital Plan
Rule
A. Removal of Quantitative Objection
B. Requirements for a Firm’s Planned
Capital Distributions
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
C. Summary of the Proposed Timeline for
Reviewing Capital Plans and Calculating
the Stress Buffer Requirements
D. Requests for Reconsideration
E. Capital Plan Resubmission and
Circumstances Warranting Recalculation
of the Stress Buffer Requirements
IV. Proposed Changes to the Capital Rule and
Explanation of the Mechanics of the
Distribution Limitations of the Stress
Buffer Requirements
A. Proposed Changes to the Capital Rule
B. Mechanics of the Distribution
Limitations of the Stress Buffer
Requirements
V. Proposed Changes to the Stress Test Rules
VI. Proposed Changes to Regulatory Reports
VII. Administrative Law Matters
A. Paperwork Reduction Act
B. Regulatory Flexibility Act
C. Solicitation of Comments of Use of Plain
Language
I. Background and Summary of the
Proposal
A. Description of the Capital Plan and
Capital Rules
The resiliency of large financial
institutions is critical to the stability of
the financial sector. As shown in the
2007–2008 financial crisis, problems at
large financial institutions can lead to
significant market disruption, spread
rapidly throughout the financial system,
and cause a credit crunch, worsening
economic downturns. To be resilient, a
financial institution must maintain
sufficient levels of capital to support the
risks associated with its exposures and
activities. In the years leading up to the
financial crisis, neither the regulatory
capital regime nor financial institutions’
own models sufficiently captured the
actual risk exposures of financial
institutions, resulting in a level of
capital that was inadequate to cover
losses as conditions deteriorated,
putting the economic activity at risk.
The risks to the ability of the financial
system to support economic growth
were exacerbated by actions taken by
firms during the crisis. Rather than
conserve loss-absorbing resources, many
firms continued to distribute capital to
shareholders in an attempt to reassure
the market of their health and
resiliency. Further, the lack of
transparency into firms’ actual risk
profiles during the crisis increased
uncertainty, left counterparties unable
to distinguish between healthy and
unhealthy banks, and prompted a large
and sudden reaction from the markets as
the full scale of risks was revealed. The
systematic loss of confidence in the
banking sector that ensued led to
sharply tighter credit conditions for
businesses and households and caused
extreme strains in crucial markets; the
economic consequences prompted
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
public sector intervention by the
Congress, U.S. Treasury, Board,1 and
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
to avoid further deterioration and
restore economic activity.
At the height of the crisis, the Board
turned to stress testing, under the
Supervisory Capital Assessment
Program (SCAP), to determine potential
losses at the largest firms if the
prevailing stress severely worsened and
to restore confidence in the financial
sector.2 Building on the success of the
SCAP, the Board introduced the current
stress testing regime and CCAR to assess
whether the largest firms have sufficient
capital to continue to lend and absorb
potential losses under severely adverse
conditions, and to ensure that they have
sound, forward-looking capital planning
practices.3 The Board publishes the
results of its stress tests and assessment
of firms’ capital planning practices,
which enhances market discipline.
The Board adopted the capital plan
rule in 2011, which requires each bank
holding company with $50 billion or
more in total consolidated assets to
submit an annual capital plan to the
Board.4 The Board may limit a firm’s
capital distributions under the rule if
the Board finds deficiencies in the
firm’s capital plan or pro forma poststress level of capital.5 As part of CCAR,
the Board evaluates the ability of each
of the largest bank holding companies to
maintain capital above minimum
regulatory capital requirements under
expected and stressful conditions,
assuming that a firm makes all planned
1 References to the Board in this preamble may
also refer to the Federal Reserve.
2 SCAP applied to domestic bank holding
companies with $100 billion or more in total
consolidated assets.
3 The changes in this proposal would apply to
bank holding companies with total consolidated
assets of $50 billion or more, any nonbank financial
company supervised by the Board that becomes
subject to the capital planning requirements
pursuant to a rule or order of the Board, and to U.S.
intermediate holding companies established
pursuant to the Board’s Regulation YY (12 CFR part
252) in accordance with the transition provisions
under the capital plan rule. Currently, no nonbank
financial companies supervised by the Board are
subject to the capital planning requirements.
References to ‘‘bank holding companies’’ or ‘‘firms’’
in this preamble should be read to include all of
these companies, unless otherwise specified.
4 See 12 CFR 225.8. A firm’s capital plan must
include (i) an assessment of the expected uses and
sources of capital over the planning horizon; (ii) a
detailed description of the firm’s processes for
assessing capital adequacy; (iii) the firm’s capital
policy; and (iv) a discussion of any expected
changes to the firm’s business plan that could
materially affect its capital adequacy. A firm may
be required to include other information and
analysis relevant to its capital planning processes
and internal capital adequacy assessment.
5 12 CFR 225.8(f). As discussed below, a large and
noncomplex firm is no longer subject to the
qualitative assessment in CCAR.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
capital actions (for example, dividends,
capital issuances, and repurchases of
capital instruments) that are in its
capital plan (supervisory post-stress
capital assessment).
Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Wall
Street Reform and Consumer Protection
Act (Dodd-Frank Act) requires the Board
to adopt enhanced capital standards,
including supervisory stress tests,
company-run stress tests, and enhanced
risk-based and leverage capital
requirements, for bank holding
companies with total consolidated
assets of $50 billion or more. The
enhanced prudential standards that the
Board adopts pursuant to section 165
must increase in stringency based on the
systemic importance of the firm. The
Board’s supervisory stress test
conducted pursuant to the Dodd-Frank
Act evaluates whether firms have
sufficient capital to continue operations
throughout times of economic and
financial stress using firm-provided data
and a common set of scenarios, models,
and assumptions.6 In the company-run
stress tests, firms use the same scenarios
that the Board uses to conduct the
supervisory stress tests.
Similar to the Board’s capital
planning and stress testing rules, the
Board’s capital rule also addresses
weaknesses observed during the 2007–
2008 financial crisis. In 2013, the Board
adopted a final rule that revised the
Board’s risk-based and leverage capital
requirements for firms.7 The revisions to
the Board’s capital rule strengthened the
quality and quantity of capital held by
firms by implementing, among other
changes, a new minimum common
equity tier 1 (CET1) capital requirement,
a higher minimum tier 1 capital
requirement, and capital buffer
requirements above the minimum
requirements. A firm must maintain
risk-based capital ratios in excess of the
minimum plus buffer requirements in
order to avoid limitations on capital
distributions and certain discretionary
bonus payments.8 In addition, the Board
adopted a supplementary leverage ratio
that measures capital against on- and
off-balance sheet exposures for firms
with total consolidated assets greater
than or equal to $250 billion or total
consolidated on-balance sheet foreign
exposures of at least $10 billion, or that
6 The supervisory post-stress capital assessment
in CCAR is based on the supervisory stress test
conducted pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act.
7 78 FR 62018 (October 11, 2013), adopted as 12
CFR part 217 (Regulation Q) and subsequently
amended.
8 The limitations apply to discretionary bonus
payments made to executive officers of a banking
organization.
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
18161
otherwise meet the conditions set forth
in 12 CFR 217.100(b).9
In July 2015, the Board adopted the
GSIB surcharge rule as part of its
implementation of section 165 of the
Dodd-Frank Act.10 The GSIB surcharge
rule establishes the criteria for
identifying a GSIB and the methods that
those firms must use to calculate a riskbased capital surcharge, which is
calibrated to each firm’s overall
systemic risk and which expands the
capital conservation buffer requirement
for these firms.11
Strengthening the regulatory capital
regime, including the introduction of
capital planning and stress testing
requirements, has been an important
supervisory response to the financial
crisis. Stress testing makes the capital
regime more forward-looking, risksensitive, and firm-specific. As a result
of this program and the enhancements
made to the Board’s regulatory capital
regime, large U.S. bank holding
companies are much more resilient to
stress than in the past. Common equity
capital levels among the nation’s largest
bank holding companies have risen by
over $720 billion since 2009, making
U.S. firms among the strongest in the
world.12
B. Review of Capital Planning and
Stress Testing Programs
The Board periodically reevaluates its
programs to ensure that they remain
effective and that unintended
consequences are minimized.
Accordingly, the Board has reviewed
the CCAR program to assess its
effectiveness and to identify any areas
that should be refined (CCAR review).
The CCAR review included an internal
assessment as well as a series of
feedback meetings with outside parties.
The participants in such meetings
included senior management from firms
currently subject to the capital plan
rule, debt and equity market analysts,
9 12
CFR part 217.
CFR part 217, subpart H; 80 FR 49082
(August 14, 2015).
11 In addition, a GSIB must maintain a
supplementary leverage ratio in excess of 5 percent
in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions
and discretionary bonus payments. 79 FR 24528
(May 1, 2014) (revised 80 FR 49082 (August 14,
2015)).
The Board expects to release a proposal that
would recalibrate the enhanced supplementary
leverage ratio standards for GSIBs and their state
member bank insured depository institution
subsidiaries. The proposal would set the enhanced
supplementary leverage ratio standards to 3 percent
plus one half of the GSIB surcharge applicable to
the bank holding company. That proposal would
amend the Board’s capital rule, as well as make
conforming changes to the Board’s total lossabsorbing capacity rule.
12 Staff calculations based on the Consolidated
Financial Statements for Holding Companies.
10 12
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
18162
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
representatives from public interest
groups, and academics in the fields of
economics and finance. The Board also
examined the interaction between the
capital rule and its capital planning and
stress testing rules.
Some participants in the CCAR
review expressed support for increasing
post-stress capital requirements by the
amount of the GSIB surcharge and
countercyclical capital buffer amount,
arguing that such buffer requirements
are intended to further macroprudential
and countercyclical objectives in a
manner that is not currently addressed
directly in the supervisory post-stress
capital assessment. On the other hand,
some participants argued it would not
be appropriate to increase post-stress
minimum requirements by the GSIB
surcharge because it would treat the
GSIB surcharge as a minimum capital
requirement rather than as a buffer as
intended in the capital rule and because
the supervisory post-stress capital
assessment already includes scenario
components that, historically, were only
applicable to GSIBs.13
Participants in the CCAR review also
raised concerns about the interactions
between the capital rule and the
supervisory post-stress capital
assessment. The supervisory post-stress
capital assessment includes an
assumption that a firm makes all
planned capital distributions, reflecting
the historical experience from the
financial crisis in which the largest
banking organizations continued to
repurchase shares and pay dividends to
shareholders well after the financial
system came under severe stress.14
Some participants in the CCAR review
argued that the Board should not
assume in the supervisory post-stress
capital assessment that a firm continues
to make all of its planned capital
distributions if the capital distributions
13 The supervisory stress test includes a trading
and counterparty component (the global market
shock) and large counterparty default scenario
component. Historically, the global market shock
has included six U.S. GSIBs with significant trading
activity. However, in December 2017, additional
firms were identified as having ‘‘significant trading
activity,’’ and beginning in 2019, will be subject to
the global market shock. The large counterparty
default scenario component has been applied to the
firms with the largest derivatives exposures and
securities financing transaction activities, which to
date, has included the eight U.S. GSIBs.
14 Beverly Hirtle, ‘‘Bank Holding Company
Dividends and Repurchases during the Financial
Crisis,’’ FRBNY Staff Report, (April 2016),
www.newyorkfed.org/medialibrary/media/research/
staff_reports/sr666.pdf and Viral V. Acharya, Irvind
Gujral, Nirupama Kulkarni, Hyun Song Shin,
‘‘Dividends and Bank Capital in the Financial Crisis
of 2007–2009,’’ (March 2011) NBER Working Paper
No. 16896, www.nber.org/papers/w16896.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
would not be permitted under the
capital rule.
Some participants in the CCAR
review viewed other assumptions in the
supervisory post-stress capital
assessment as unrealistic and overly
conservative. Since the 2014 CCAR
cycle, in projecting a firm’s balance
sheet, the supervisory stress test has
included the assumption that credit
supply does not contract. This
assumption furthered the Board’s
macroprudential objectives by
evaluating whether firms could pass the
supervisory post-stress capital
assessment while continuing to lend
and support the real economy. In
implementing this assumption, the
Board used a model calibrated to
historical data that tended to project
that a firm’s balance sheet and riskweighted assets would grow over the
planning horizon, even in the severely
adverse scenario.15 Some participants in
the CCAR review argued that this
assumption is overly conservative, and
suggested that the Board modify this
growth assumption to account for
certain portfolios where it is unrealistic
(such as legacy portfolios).
The Board received other feedback
from participants in the CCAR review
regarding changes to its processes
associated with CCAR. For example,
participants recommended further
enhancing the transparency of the
supervisory post-stress capital
assessment and eliminating the
heightened supervisory scrutiny of a
capital plan that includes a dividend
payout ratio of more than 30 percent.
C. Actions Following the CCAR Review
The Board has identified several areas
where the capital plan rule and CCAR
could be further refined or improved,
including by reducing burden for nonGSIBs subject to CCAR; addressing the
role of the GSIB surcharge in the
supervisory post-stress capital
assessment; addressing inconsistencies
between the assumptions in the
supervisory stress test and the
distribution limitations in the capital
rule; eliminating one or more post-stress
capital ratio minimums in CCAR; and
simplifying certain supervisory stress
test assumptions.
In January 2017, the Board adopted a
rule to reduce the burden associated
with the qualitative aspects of CCAR for
less complex firms. Under that rule,
15 See the Board’s letter regarding the Federal
Reserve’s independent balance sheet and riskweighted asset projections (December 16, 2013)
available at www.federalreserve.gov/bankinforeg/
independent-projections-letter-20131216.pdf. This
letter includes information on historical
experiences of banking assets in past recessions.
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
firms that are not identified as GSIBs
and that have average total consolidated
assets of $50 billion or more but less
than $250 billion and total nonbank
assets of less than $75 billion (large and
noncomplex firms) are no longer subject
to the provisions of the capital plan rule
whereby the Board may object to a
firm’s capital plan on the basis of
qualitative deficiencies in the firm’s
capital planning process.16
Additionally, in December 2017, the
Board released a package of proposals
that would increase the transparency of
the supervisory stress test.17 The
package included three proposals for
public comment: (1) Enhanced model
disclosure that would provide
additional detail about the supervisory
stress test models and how they
function; (2) a Stress Testing Policy
Statement that would provide the key
principles and policies that govern the
Board’s approach to model
development, implementation, use, and
validation in the supervisory stress test;
and (3) an amendment to the Board’s
Policy Statement on the Scenario Design
Framework for Stress Testing (Scenario
Design Policy Statement) that would
make the scenario development process
more countercyclical.
D. Summary of Proposal
The capital rule and capital plan rule
each place separate limitations on firms’
capital distributions to address the fact
that many firms made significant
distributions of capital in the lead up to
and during the crisis without fully
considering the effects that a prolonged
economic downturn could have on their
capital adequacy. Under the capital rule,
a firm is subject to one or more buffer
requirements above its minimum capital
requirements and becomes subject to
increasingly strict limitations on the
distributions and bonus payments as its
capital ratios decline below the buffer
requirements toward the minimum
capital requirements. Under the capital
plan rule, a firm is required to follow
the capital distributions included in its
capital plan and, except in limited
circumstances, seek the Board’s
approval before making additional
capital distributions.18
16 The capital planning processes for these large
and noncomplex firms would be evaluated through
the regular supervisory process. See 81 FR 9308
(February 3, 2017).
17 See 82 FR 59529 (December 15, 2017).
18 The Board may object to the capital plan of a
firm that does not demonstrate an ability to
maintain capital levels above minimum regulatory
capital requirements on a pro forma basis under
expected and stressful conditions. A firm receiving
such an objection can make only those capital
distributions permitted by the Board. In assessing
a firm’s capital plan under the capital plan rule, the
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
The proposal would use the results of
the annual supervisory stress test to size
specific buffer requirements above
minimum capital requirements that
restrict capital distributions under the
capital rule and establish a single
approach to capital distribution
limitations, effectively integrating the
capital rule and the capital plan rule.
Integrating the two capital regimes
would simplify the Board’s overall
approach to capital regulation. The
proposal would replace the static 2.5
percent of risk-weighted assets portion
of the capital conservation buffer
requirement under the standardized
approach with a stress capital buffer
requirement, which is forward-looking,
risk-sensitive, and firm-specific. The
proposal would also establish a stress
leverage buffer requirement in addition
to the minimum 4 percent tier 1
leverage ratio requirement.19
A firm would be required to maintain
capital ratios above its minimum plus
its buffer requirements in order to avoid
restrictions on its capital distributions
and discretionary bonus payments. A
firm would be bound by the most
stringent distribution limitations, if any,
as determined by the firm’s
standardized approach capital
conservation buffer requirement (as
defined below), the firm’s stress
leverage buffer requirement and, if
applicable, the firm’s advanced
approaches capital conservation buffer
requirement and enhanced
supplementary leverage ratio standard.
The stress capital buffer and stress
leverage buffer requirements (together,
the stress buffer requirements) are
described in greater detail in section II.
As noted, participants in the CCAR
review observed an inconsistency
between the distribution limitations of
the capital rule and the distribution
assumptions used in the supervisory
post-stress capital assessment. To
address this inconsistency, certain
assumptions used in the supervisory
stress test would be modified as part of
the proposal. Specifically, in calculating
the stress buffer requirements, the
proposal would remove the current
assumption that a firm would make all
planned capital distributions over the
planning horizon, including any
planned common stock dividends and
repurchases of common stock. Instead,
the stress buffer requirements would
include only four quarters of planned
common stock dividends in order to
Federal Reserve assumes that the firm makes all
planned capital actions (e.g. dividends and
issuances and repurchases of capital instruments)
even in the severely adverse scenario.
19 The leverage ratio is the ratio of a firm’s tier
1 capital to its average total consolidated assests.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
preserve the current incentives for a
firm to engage in disciplined, forwardlooking dividend planning. The stress
buffer requirements would include
dividends—but not repurchases—based
on the experience in the recent financial
crisis, when large bank holding
companies began to reduce share
repurchases early in the crisis but
continued to pay dividends at nearly the
pre-crisis rate through 2008.20
In addition, the Board would also
adjust the methodology used in the
supervisory stress test to assume that
the firm takes actions to maintain a
constant level of assets, including loans,
trading assets, and securities over the
planning horizon. As a related matter,
the Board would assume that a firm’s
risk-weighted assets and leverage ratio
denominator generally remain
unchanged over the planning horizon.21
The Board would further modify
certain elements of CCAR to reflect the
introduction of the proposed stress
buffer requirements. Specifically, the
proposal would remove the quantitative
objection in CCAR and instead rely on
the capital rule’s automatic restrictions
on capital distributions that are
triggered if a firm breaches its buffer
requirements. For firms subject to
supervision by the Board’s Large
Institution Supervision Coordination
Committee (LISCC firms) and other large
and complex firms,22 the Board would
retain the CCAR qualitative supervisory
review and the ability to object to a
firm’s capital plan on qualitative
grounds based on the adequacy of the
firm’s capital planning processes
(qualitative objection).23 The Board
would also eliminate the 30 percent
dividend payout ratio as a criterion for
heightened scrutiny of a firm’s capital
20 Hirtle, Beverly, ‘‘Bank Holding Company
Dividends and Repurchases during the Financial
Crisis,’’ FRBNY Staff Report, (April 2016),
www.newyorkfed.org/medialibrary/media/research/
staff_reports/sr666.pdf. And Viral V. Acharya,
Irvind Gujral, Nirupama Kulkarni, Hyun Song Shin,
‘‘Dividends and Bank Capital in the Financial Crisis
of 2007–2009,’’ (March 2011) NBER Working Paper
No. 16896, https://www.nber.org/papers/w16896.
21 The leverage ratio denominator is equal to the
difference between projected total consolidated
assets and amounts projected to be deducted from
tier 1 capital under 12 CFR 217.22(a), (c), and (d).
22 A list of the current LISCC portfolio firms is
available at www.federalreserve.gov/bankinforeg/
large-institution-supervision.htm. Those LISCC
firms that are currently subject to the capital plan
rule are: Bank of America Corporation; The Bank of
New York Mellon Corporation; Barclays PLC;
Citigroup Inc.; Credit Suisse Group AG; Deutsche
Bank AG; The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.; JP
Morgan Chase & Co.; Morgan Stanley; State Street
Corporation; UBS AG; and Wells Fargo & Company.
Large and complex firms include any bank holding
company that has average total consolidated assets
of at least $250 billion or average total nonbank
assets of at least $75 billion.
23 See 82 FR 9308 (February 3, 2017).
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
18163
plan. Incorporating four quarters of
planned common stock dividends in the
stress buffer requirements would
provide sufficient incentive for prudent
dividend payouts.
The proposal would continue to
require a firm to describe its planned
capital distributions in its capital plan
and not exceed those planned capital
distributions. Further, as described in
section III.B of this preamble, a firm’s
planned capital distributions would
need to be consistent with the effective
capital distribution limitations that
would apply under the firm’s own
baseline financial projections (BHC
baseline scenario).
As discussed in detail in section II.D
of this preamble, the Board estimates
that non-GSIBs subject to CCAR would
generally need to hold less capital under
the proposal, as compared with the
current supervisory post-stress capital
assessment in CCAR, which is the
binding constraint for most of these
firms. In contrast, the Board estimates
based on the most recent CCAR results
the proposal would generally maintain
or in some cases increase CET1 capital
requirements for GSIBs. However, the
Board’s estimates suggest that no firm
that participated in recent CCAR
exercises would need to raise additional
capital in order to avoid the proposal’s
limitations on capital distributions. The
impact of the proposal will vary
throughout the economic cycle.
II. Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements
A. Introduction to the Stress Buffer
Requirements
As a general matter, capital buffer
requirements are designed to help
ensure that a firm maintains an
adequate amount of loss-absorbing
capital to stay above minimum
regulatory requirements during stress.
The capital buffer requirements restrict
a firm’s ability to distribute capital as
the firm’s actual capital levels approach
minimum ratios.24 These requirements
therefore strengthen the ability of
individual firms and the banking system
to continue to function and to serve as
financial intermediaries in times of
stress.
24 Under the capital rule, a firm’s maximum
amount of capital distributions and certain
discretionary bonus payments during the current
calendar quarter are based on its applicable
maximum payout ratio multiplied by the firm’s
eligible retained income. The maximum payout
ratio declines as a firm’s capital ratio approaches
the minimum requirement. Eligible retained income
is defined as net income attributable to the
institution for the four calendar quarters preceding
the current calendar quarter, net of any
distributions and associated tax effects not already
reflected in net income.
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
18164
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Under the current capital rule, a
firm’s capital conservation buffer
requirement is equal to 2.5 percent of
risk-weighted assets plus any applicable
GSIB surcharge and countercyclical
capital buffer amount. The proposal
would replace the 2.5 percent of riskweighted assets with a stress capital
buffer requirement, for firms subject to
the supervisory stress test. A firm’s
stress capital buffer requirement would
be tailored to its risk profile and
potential vulnerability to stress. The
firm’s capital conservation buffer
requirement under the standardized
approach would be equal to its stress
capital buffer and any applicable GSIB
surcharge plus any applicable
countercyclical capital buffer amount
(standardized approach capital
conservation buffer requirement).
Currently, a firm subject to the
advanced approaches calculates a given
risk-based capital ratio under both the
standardized and advanced approaches,
and uses the lower of the two ratios as
its operative ratio. Under the proposal,
a firm would continue to calculate a
given risk-based capital ratio under both
the standardized and advanced
approaches, and would calculate a
different capital conservation buffer
requirement for each. The capital
conservation buffer requirement under
the advanced approaches would be
equal to 2.5 percent of risk-weighted
assets (rather than the stress capital
buffer requirement) plus any applicable
GSIB surcharge plus any applicable
countercyclical capital buffer amount
(advanced approaches capital
conservation buffer requirement). To
date, the Board has not used or required
the use of the capital rule’s advanced
approaches in the supervisory stress test
due to the significant resources required
to implement the advanced approaches
on a pro forma basis and due to the
complexity and opaqueness associated
with introducing the advanced
approaches in supervisory stress test
projections. In addition, both the
supervisory stress test and the advanced
approaches are calibrated to reflect tailrisks; thus it could be duplicative to
require a firm to meet the requirements
of the advanced approaches on a poststress basis.
For firms subject to the capital plan
rule, the proposal would introduce a
stress leverage buffer requirement in
addition to the 4 percent minimum tier
1 leverage ratio requirement. This stress
leverage buffer requirement would help
to maintain the current complementary
relationship between the risk-based and
leverage capital requirements in normal
and stressful conditions. In addition, it
would continue the current practice of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
evaluating a firm’s vulnerability to
declines in its leverage ratio under
stressful conditions.
The proposal would not, however,
extend the stress buffer concept to the
supplementary leverage ratio. A single
stress leverage buffer, applicable to all
firms, would provide a sufficient
backstop and avoid adding additional
complexity.25
A firm would need to maintain capital
ratios above all minimum and buffer
requirements to avoid restrictions on its
capital distributions and discretionary
bonus payments. A firm would be
subject to the most stringent distribution
limitations, if any, as determined by the
firm’s standardized approach capital
conservation buffer requirement, the
firm’s stress leverage buffer requirement
and, if applicable, the firm’s advanced
approaches capital conservation buffer
requirement, and the enhanced
supplementary leverage ratio standard.
The Board’s supervisory stress test
conducted under Regulation YY would
be used to size each firm’s stress buffer
requirements. The stress buffer
requirements would be calculated under
the supervisory stress test’s severely
adverse scenario, designed in
accordance with the Policy Statement
on the Scenario Design Framework for
Stress Testing. As described in
appendix A to 12 CFR part 252, severely
adverse scenarios are designed to be
plausible, relevant, and guided in large
part by historical experience in severe
U.S. recessions.26
As in the current supervisory poststress capital assessment in CCAR,
under the proposal, the supervisory
stress test would continue to use a
common set of scenarios, models, and
assumptions across firms. The
performance of each model used in the
supervisory stress test is assessed using
a variety of metrics and benchmarks,
including benchmark model results,
where applicable. Each model is
validated annually by an independent
supervisory model validation function.
In December 2017, the Board issued a
Stress Testing Policy Statement for
public comment describing its approach
to supervisory model development,
implementation, use, and validation.27
Each component of a firm’s
standardized approach capital
25 GSIBs would continue to be subject to an
enhanced supplementary leverage ratio standard
under the capital rule.
26 12 CFR part 252, appendix A.
27 See 82 FR 59528 (Dec. 15, 2017) as proposed
12 CFR part 252, appendix B. This proposal reproposes only section 2.7 of the proposed Stress
Testing Policy Statement for public comment and
proposes to add a new section 3.4 relating to a
simple approach for projecting risk-weighted assets.
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
conservation buffer requirement serves a
distinct purpose and is calibrated and
designed according to that purpose. The
stress capital buffer requirement would
be calibrated based on each firm’s
vulnerability to adverse economic or
financial market conditions. As such, it
would help ensure that the firm holds
sufficient capital to continue to serve as
a financial intermediary during a period
of financial stress. The GSIB surcharge
is designed to mitigate the risk posed to
financial stability by certain large and
systemic financial institutions, and is
calibrated based on the externalities
posed by these firms as measured by
factors such as size, interconnectedness,
and complexity. Finally, the
countercyclical capital buffer is a
macroprudential tool intended to
strengthen the resiliency of financial
firms and the financial system, by
allowing the Board to raise capital
standards when credit growth in the
economy becomes excessive. Taken
together, a firm’s standardized approach
capital conservation buffer requirement
ensures that the firm has sufficient
capital to continue to serve as a
financial intermediary during stress,
internalizes the cost that its failure
would have on the broader economy,
and builds capital when there is an
elevated risk of above-normal losses.
In the CCAR review, certain
discussion participants disagreed with
the view that the supervisory post-stress
capital assessment and the GSIB
surcharge serve different purposes
because two elements of the Board’s
supervisory post-stress capital
assessment, the global market shock and
the large counterparty default scenario
component, apply only to GSIBs.
However, the global market shock and
large counterparty default scenario
component apply to any firm that has
material trading, derivatives, and
securities financing transaction
activities to capture direct losses
stemming from these activities.28 The
market shock measures the trading
mark-to-market losses associated with
sudden changes in asset prices, and the
large counterparty default scenario
component measures the losses
28 On December 15, 2017, the Board modified the
applicability criteria for the global market shock to
more accurately identify the risks and capital needs
of firms participating in the supervisory stress test.
As revised, the global market shock applies to any
bank holding company or intermediate holding
company that (1) has aggregate trading assets and
liabilities of $50 billion or more, or aggregate
trading assets and liabilities equal to 10 percent or
more of total consolidated assets, and (2) is not a
large and noncomplex firm. In this proposal, the
Board proposes to move the applicability criteria for
the global market shock from the FR Y–14 reporting
form to Regulation YY.
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
associated with repricing counterparty
exposures based on the market shock,
and then assumes the default of the
counterparty that represents the largest
net exposure. These components of the
current supervisory post-stress capital
assessment (and future modified
supervisory stress test) therefore do not
capture the potential adverse impact of
the failure of a GSIB on the financial
system as a whole—the risks that are the
basis for the GSIB surcharge.
As described below in section II.B of
this preamble, the proposed stress buffer
requirements would incorporate
different capital action assumptions
than are currently used in the
supervisory post-stress capital
assessment in CCAR. Those revised
capital action assumptions would also
be incorporated in the Board’s
supervisory stress tests and the
company-run stress tests conducted
under Regulation YY, in order to
harmonize the publicly disclosed
supervisory and company-run stress test
results with the stress buffer
requirements.29
Question 1: What are the advantages
and disadvantages of incorporating the
stress capital buffer and stress leverage
buffer requirements into the capital
rule? How well does the proposal
enhance regulatory simplicity,
transparency, and efficiency for firms
subject to the capital plan rule? What
refinements or additional approaches
should the Board consider to enhance
these goals, and why? Please provide
data on the impact of any proposed
refinements or additional proposals.
Question 2: What are the advantages
and disadvantages of including or
excluding the stress capital buffer
requirement from the advanced
approaches capital conservation buffer
requirement when considered in
combination with other elements of the
proposal or alternatives to the proposal?
What if any, alternatives should the
Board consider and why? For example,
should the Board consider scaling the
stress capital buffer requirement by the
ratio of a firm’s standardized total riskweighted assets to its advanced
approaches total risk-weighted assets in
cases where the firm’s advanced
approaches capital ratio calculations
are lower than its standardized capital
ratio calculations? What are the
advantages or disadvantages of such an
approach?
Question 3: What are the advantages
or disadvantages of not extending the
29 The supervisory and company-run stress tests
conducted under Regulation YY would not include
four quarters of planned dividends.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
stress buffer concept to the
supplementary leverage ratio?
Question 4: Would modifications to
the enhanced supplementary leverage
ratio standards impact the responses to
the questions above or any other aspect
of the proposal, and if so how?
Question 5: How should the Board
contemplate the appropriate level of the
countercyclical capital buffer in light of
the proposal?
Calculation of the Proposed Stress
Capital Buffer Requirement
Under the proposal, the Board would
determine a firm’s stress capital buffer
requirement as the difference between
the firm’s starting and lowest projected
CET1 capital ratios under the severely
adverse scenario in the supervisory
stress test, calculated under the
standardized approach, plus the sum of
the ratios of the dollar amount of the
firm’s planned common stock dividends
to projected risk-weighted assets for
each of the fourth through seventh
quarters of the planning horizon. The
stress capital buffer requirement would
be floored at 2.5 percent of a firm’s riskweighted assets.
Under the current capital rule, all
banking organizations are subject to a
capital conservation buffer requirement.
The capital rule’s current static 2.5
percent of risk-weighted assets
component of the capital conservation
buffer requirement was calibrated to
reflect how firms’ capital positions were
affected during periods of severe stress,
including the most recent financial
crisis.30 Placing a 2.5 percent of riskweighted assets floor on the stress
capital buffer requirement would ensure
a minimum level of stringency across
firms of all sizes and complexity and
that a smaller firm would not be subject
to more a stringent buffer requirement
than a firm with total consolidated
assets of $50 billion or more.
Calculation of the Proposed Stress
Leverage Buffer Requirement
The stress leverage buffer requirement
would be determined based on the same
annual supervisory stress test that the
Board conducts to determine the stress
capital buffer requirement. Under the
proposal, the Board would determine a
firm’s stress leverage buffer requirement
as the difference between the firm’s
starting and lowest projected Tier 1
leverage ratio under the severely
adverse scenario in the supervisory
stress test plus the sum of the ratios of
30 See Basel Committee on Banking Supervision,
Calibrating regulatory minimum capital
requirements and capital buffers: A top-down
approach (October 2010), available at: https://
www.bis.org/publ/bcbs180.htm.
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
18165
the dollar amount of the firm’s planned
common stock dividends to projected
leverage ratio denominator for each of
the fourth through seventh quarters of
the planning horizon. The stress
leverage buffer requirement would not
have a floor, as there is no generally
applicable leverage buffer requirement
today, and would apply to all firms
subject to the capital plan rule.
B. Assumptions and Methodologies
Used in Determining the Proposed
Stress Buffer Requirements
For the supervisory stress test used to
calculate the stress buffer requirements,
the Board proposes to revise certain
assumptions it currently uses in the
supervisory post-stress capital
assessment in CCAR. Currently, in the
CCAR post-stress capital assessment, the
Board assumes that a firm will make all
of its planned capital actions, including
dividends and repurchases, and
issuances of regulatory capital
instruments. The proposal would
narrow the set of planned capital
actions assumed to occur in the
supervisory stress test.
The current CCAR capital distribution
assumptions were introduced to assess
whether a firm could meet minimum
capital requirements during severe
stress conditions even if the firm did not
reduce its planned capital distributions.
However, the stress buffer requirements
would reduce the need for the
assumption that a firm makes all
common stock distributions in a stress
scenario because the restriction on a
firm’s capital distributions on an
ongoing basis would be a function of the
firm’s performance under stress.
Accordingly, the Board would no longer
assume that a firm makes any
repurchases or redemptions of any
capital instrument.
However, in order to preserve the
current incentives for a firm to engage
in disciplined, forward-looking
dividend planning, a firm’s stress buffer
requirements would include four
quarters of planned common stock
dividends (in the fourth through
seventh quarters of the planning
horizon), added to the projected decline
in the firm’s capital under stress.
Requiring a firm to pre-fund one year of
planned dividends would preserve the
current incentives for a firm to engage
in disciplined, forward-looking
dividend planning. As noted, this aspect
of the proposal is based on the Board’s
experience with large bank holding
companies’ capital distribution
practices during the recent financial
crisis. Additionally, evidence in the
academic literature generally indicates
that repurchases are more flexible than
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
18166
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
dividends.31 A reduction in dividends
by a publicly-traded firm could be
interpreted by market participants as a
signal of long-run deterioration in firm
profitability, which could lead to a
negative stock price reaction. Hence,
even if the outlook for a publicly traded
firm has significantly worsened, public
pressure and competition may deter the
firm from reducing dividend payments.
Requiring a firm to pre-fund one year of
dividends reflects the assumption that
the firm will strive to maintain its
current level of dividends even during
times of stress.
As in the current supervisory poststress capital assessment, the Board
would continue to assume in the
supervisory stress test that a firm would
make payments on any instrument that
qualifies as additional tier 1 capital or
tier 2 capital equal to the stated
dividend, or contractual interest or
principal due on such instrument
during the quarter. Based on
supervisory experience, reductions in
these payments are generally viewed by
market participants as a sign of material
weakness and firms are therefore likely
to make them even under stressful
conditions.32
The Board would also generally
assume in the supervisory stress test
that a firm does not make any planned
issuance of regulatory capital
instruments, parallel to the assumption
that a firm does not repurchase any
regulatory capital instruments.
However, as under the current capital
plan rule, the supervisory stress test
would include issuances of common or
preferred stock in connection with a
planned merger or acquisition to the
extent that the merger or acquisition is
reflected in a firm’s pro forma balance
sheet estimates. Including such
issuances, for purposes of the
supervisory stress tests, would allow the
Board to assess how a planned merger
or acquisition would affect a firm’s poststress capital position.
The proposal would revise the
required capital action assumptions in
the company-run stress test rules to be
consistent with the proposed capital
actions used to calculate a firm’s stress
buffer requirements and would
introduce those assumptions into the
supervisory stress test rules.33
31 See Franklin Allen and Roni Michaely (2003),
‘‘Payout Policy’’ in Handbook of the Economics of
Finance, and Martin Schmalz, Joan Farre-Mensa,
and Roni Michaely (2014) ‘‘Payout Policy’’ in
Robert Jarrow (Ed.), Annual Review of Financial
Economics.
32 12 CFR 217.20(c) and (d).
33 Under the proposal, in their company-run
stress test, covered companies would no longer
include in their capital action assumptions: (1)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
Since the first CCAR exercise, any
capital plan implying a common stock
dividend payout ratio above 30 percent
has received heightened scrutiny in the
qualitative assessment of each firm’s
capital planning processes. Participants
in the CCAR review expressed general
opposition to any specific cap on
dividends, and argued that if a cap were
deemed necessary, it should be higher
than 30 percent. Including four quarters
of planned dividends in a firm’s stress
buffer requirements as proposed would
foster an incentive for prudent dividend
payouts, removing the need for
heightened scrutiny based on a capital
plan’s dividend payout ratio.
Accordingly, in connection with this
proposal, in future CCAR exercises the
Board would eliminate the 30 percent
dividend payout ratio as a criterion for
heightened supervisory scrutiny of a
firm’s capital plan.
In addition, in response to comments
regarding the current assumption that a
firm’s credit supply does not contract,
resulting in growth of a firm’s balance
sheet in stress scenarios, the Board is
proposing to modify its Stress Testing
Policy Statement to include the
assumption that a firm takes actions to
maintain its current level of assets,
including its securities, trading assets,
and loans, over the planning horizon
(no growth assumption).34 The no
growth assumption would simplify the
current supervisory stress test
assumptions while preventing firms
from planning to reduce credit supply
in a stress scenario. In addition, the
proposal would clarify in the Stress
Testing Policy Statement that, in
projecting risk-weighted assets and the
leverage ratio denominator, the Board
would assume that a firm’s riskweighted assets and leverage ratio
denominator remain unchanged over
the planning horizon except for changes
primarily related to deductions from
regulatory capital or due to changes to
the Board’s regulations. Similar to the
Board’s current methodology, balance
Actual capital actions for the first quarter of the
planning horizon; (2) any common stock dividends;
or (3) issuance of common or preferred stock
relating to expensed employee compensation. For
the first quarter of the planning horizon, firms
would include any payments on any other
instrument that is eligible for inclusion in the
numerator of a regulatory capital ratio equal to the
stated dividend, interest, or principal due on such
instrument during the quarter. The capital action
assumptions used in the company-run and
supervisory stress tests would not include the four
quarters of planned dividends.
34 While the Board would assume in the
supervisory post-stress capital assessment that a
firm’s balance sheet does not grow, in a firm’s
company-run stress tests, the Board expects each
firm’s projected balance sheet to be consistent with
each scenario and the firm’s business strategy.
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
sheet, risk-weighted asset, and leverage
ratio denominator projections would
reflect the impact of a change to a firm’s
business plan, such as a planned merger
or acquisition, or completed or
contractually agreed-on divestiture.35
Question 6: What aspects of the
calculation of the stress buffer
requirements could be modified to
increase the effectiveness of the
proposal in ensuring that firms
maintain stress buffer requirements that
are appropriately sized to withstand
stressful economic and financial
conditions while permitting such firms
to continue lending and supporting the
real economy? Please describe the
advantages or disadvantages of any
alternative approach.
Question 7: Besides stated payments
on regulatory capital instruments and
issuance of common or preferred stock
associated with a merger or acquisition,
what, if any, other types of planned
capital actions should the Board
incorporate into the supervisory stress
test for the purposes of calculating the
stress buffer requirements, and why?
Question 8: What are the advantages
and disadvantages of including or
excluding dividend payouts and certain
other planned capital actions in the
calculation of the stress buffer
requirements when considered in
combination with other elements of the
proposal or alternatives to the proposal?
Question 9: What, if any, additional
factors beyond a planned divestiture,
merger, or acquisition, should the Board
incorporate into its projected changes in
a firm’s balance sheet or risk-weighted
assets over the planning horizon and
why?
Question 10: What are the advantages
and disadvantages of integrating the
distribution assumptions used in
calculating a firm’s stress buffer
requirements with those used in the
supervisory stress test?
C. Effective Dates for Proposed Stress
Buffer Requirements
A firm’s stress buffer requirements
would be effective on October 1 of each
year, and remain in effect until
September 30 of the following year,
unless the firm received updated stress
buffer requirements from the Board.36
The rule would be effective December
31, 2018. Under the proposal, a firm’s
35 A firm’s capital plan must include a discussion
of any expected changes to its business plan that
are likely to have a material impact on its capital
adequacy or liquidity. See 12 CFR 225.8(e)(2)(iv).
36 A firm may receive updated stress buffer
requirements in connection with a resubmitted
capital plan or in connection with a request for
reconsideration (as described in section III.D of this
preamble).
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
first stress buffer requirements would be
effective on October 1, 2019.37
The process for determining the stress
buffer requirements would be codified
in the Board’s capital plan rule
(discussed further in section III below),
and the restrictions associated with
these requirements would be codified in
the Board’s capital rule (discussed
further in section IV below).
Question 11: What if any operational
complications or challenges to capital
planning processes would the proposed
effective dates create, and how might
the Board address these issues
consistent with the goals of the
proposal?
Question 12: What advantages or
disadvantages are associated with
making the rule effective on December
31, 2018 and generally making the stress
buffer requirements effective on October
1, 2019?
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
D. Impact of the Proposed Stress Buffer
Requirements
To avoid limitations on capital
distributions under the Board’s current
rules, a firm must manage to two
distinct capital regimes. Specifically,
the firm must both (1) maintain riskbased capital ratios above the capital
rule’s minimum requirements plus the
capital conservation buffer requirement
(a GSIB must also maintain a
supplementary leverage ratio above 5
percent), and (2) demonstrate an ability
to maintain capital ratios above
minimum regulatory capital
requirements in the supervisory poststress capital assessment in CCAR. This
proposal would simplify and integrate
these requirements, eliminating the
need for firms to manage to both
potential sources of limitations on
capital distributions. In conjunction
with the proposal, the Board would also
modify certain assumptions used in the
supervisory stress test. To assess the
impact of both the integration and the
modified assumptions, the Board
reviewed the levels of capital currently
required of each firm across the two
current regimes to avoid limitations on
capital distributions and compared the
higher of those amounts to the estimated
level of capital that would be required
of each firm under the proposal.38
37 To provide a transition between the 2018 CCAR
cycle and the first stress buffer requirement, for the
period from July 1 through September 30, 2019,
under the proposal, a firm would be authorized to
make capital distributions that do not exceed the
four-quarter average of capital distributions for
which the Board or Reserve Bank indicated its nonobjection in the previous capital plan cycle, unless
otherwise determined by the Board.
38 This analysis assumes a countercyclical capital
buffer amount of zero, consistent with the current
level as affirmed by the Board on December 1, 2017:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
For firms with over $50 billion in
assets that are not GSIBs, the proposal
would generally result in a reduction to
a firm’s required level of capital to avoid
capital distribution limitations relative
to what is required today.39 This
estimated reduction is attributable to the
proposal’s modified assumptions
regarding balance sheet growth and
capital distributions. While these
assumptions would more appropriately
reflect the expected performance of
bank portfolios under stress, they would
be somewhat less stringent than the
assumptions currently used in the
supervisory stress test. For GSIBs, the
proposal would generally maintain or in
some cases increase CET1 capital
requirements. The estimated increase
for these firms would occur because the
capital conservation buffer requirement
under the proposal—which, for a GSIB,
includes both the stress capital buffer
requirement and the GSIB surcharge—
would be greater than the capital
required under the current supervisory
post-stress capital assessment.
All other things being equal, the
proposal generally would lower the
amount of tier 1 capital that a firm
would need to maintain with respect to
the assessment of the leverage ratio in
stress. This is because the modified
balance sheet and distribution
assumptions in the supervisory stress
test would reduce the stringency of the
Tier 1 leverage ratio in stress and the
stress leverage buffer requirement
would not include a GSIB surcharge or
any applicable countercyclical capital
buffer amount.
The impact of the proposal would
vary through the economic and credit
cycle based on the risk profile and
planned capital distributions of
individual firms, as well as on the
specific severely adverse stress scenario
used in the supervisory stress test.
Based on data from CCAR 2015, 2016,
and 2017, the impact of the proposal
would range from an aggregate
reduction in CET1 capital requirements
of about $35 billion (based on 2017
data) to an aggregate increase in CET1
capital requirements of about $40
billion (based on 2015 data). For GSIBs,
this represents a corresponding increase
in CET1 capital requirements of
approximately $10 billion to $50 billion
www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/pressreleases/
bcreg20171201a.htm.
39 In connection with this analysis, the Board
analyzed the stress test results in CCAR 2015
through 2017. U.S. IHC subsidiaries of foreign
banking organizations were not subject to
supervisory stress testing for this full period, and
accordingly, were excluded from this quantitative
analysis. None of these firms is subject to the GSIB
surcharge, and all would benefit from the modified
capital distribution and balance sheet assumptions.
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
18167
in aggregate, respectively, while nonGSIBs would have a decrease of
approximately $45 billion to $10 billion,
respectively. Had the proposal been in
effect during recent CCAR exercises,
analysis of those CCAR results and the
current level of capital at participating
firms indicates that no such firm would
have needed to raise additional capital
in order to avoid the proposal’s
limitations on capital distributions.
III. Proposed Changes to the Capital
Plan Rule
A. Removal of Quantitative Objection
The proposal would remove the
quantitative objection from the capital
plan rule. Under the current capital plan
rule, a firm may receive an objection to
its capital plan if the firm does not
demonstrate the ability to maintain
capital ratios above the minimum
requirements on a post-stress basis. The
proposal would replace the quantitative
objection with the stress buffer
requirements.
B. Requirements for a Firm’s Planned
Capital Distributions
A focus on firms’ capital planning
would continue to be a key element of
the Board’s regulatory and supervisory
regime. The proposal would continue to
require a firm to describe its planned
capital distributions in its capital plan
and not exceed those planned capital
distributions. Firms should plan to
maintain capital levels above their
minimum requirements plus relevant
buffer requirements during normal
economic periods and also to plan for
capital needs during adverse economic
conditions. These practices allow firms
to continue to lend and operate as viable
financial intermediaries even during
adverse periods.
To help ensure a firm engages in
prudent capital planning, the firm
would be required to limit its planned
capital distributions for the fourth
through seventh quarters of the
planning horizon to those that would be
consistent with any effective capital
distribution limitations that would
apply under the firm’s own BHC
baseline scenario projections.40 For
40 A firm would be required to ensure its planned
capital distributions are consistent with any
limitations on capital distributions it anticipates
would apply in baseline conditions in the
upcoming year. Those limitations would include
the projected standardized approach capital
conservation buffer requirement, stress leverage
buffer requirement, supplementary leverage buffer
requirement, internal and external total lossabsorbing capacity buffer requirements, and any
capital directive established by the Board by order
or regulation. The limitations would not be
calculated using the advanced approaches, as a firm
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
Continued
25APP2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
18168
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
example, in a given calendar quarter, if
a firm estimates that the amount of its
capital conservation buffer will be less
than the corresponding capital
conservation buffer requirement, the
firm would be required to limit its
planned distributions in that quarter to
those permitted under the capital rule.
When determining conformance under
the capital plan rule with effective
capital distribution limitations
established by the Board under the
capital rule, a firm would not be
required to consider planned
discretionary bonus payments.41
In its capital plan, a firm would also
be required to plan for all limitations on
capital distributions in the Board’s
rules, except the advanced approaches
capital conservation buffer requirement
and total loss-absorbing capacity buffer
requirement calculated using the
advanced approaches.42 In addition, a
firm’s GSIB surcharge and
countercyclical capital buffer amount
may vary over the planning horizon,
consistent with the requirements of the
capital rule. The proposal would require
a firm’s planned capital distributions to
be consistent with, as applicable, the
firm’s current GSIB surcharge and
countercyclical capital buffer amount,
as well as any known changes to these
items during the planning horizon. Any
assumption that the GSIB would rapidly
shrink and reduce its other measures of
systemic risk during a stress period such
that it no longer would be a GSIB would
be inconsistent with the expectation
that the GSIB remain a financial
intermediary and continue to support
the real economy. The proposal would
therefore require a firm to assume its
GSIB surcharge in the ninth quarter of
the planning horizon is the same as its
GSIB surcharge in the eighth quarter of
the planning horizon.
For instance, a firm that became
subject to a higher GSIB surcharge in its
most recent annual surcharge
calculation would use the higher
surcharge beginning in the fifth quarter
of the planning horizon (which would
coincide with the quarter in which the
higher GSIB surcharge would come into
effect under the capital rule) and retain
that amount through the end of the
planning horizon. Otherwise, a firm
would assume that its current GSIB
surcharge applies for all quarters of the
is not required to use the advanced approaches to
calculate its regulatory capital ratios in the capital
plan rule.
41 The capital plan rule and corresponding
regulatory reports do not require a firm to describe
or separately identify discretionary bonus
payments.
42 See e.g., 12 CFR 217.11, 12 CFR 252.63, 12 CFR
252.165, and 12 CFR part 263.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
planning horizon (as it would not have
knowledge of a decrease in its GSIB
surcharge when it finalized its plan).
With regard to the countercyclical
capital buffer, a firm would reflect any
applicable countercyclical capital buffer
amount as established by the Board. For
example, if the Board had established a
countercyclical capital buffer amount
beginning in the fifth quarter of the
planning horizon that remained in effect
for one year, the firm would reflect the
countercyclical capital buffer amount in
quarters five through eight of the
planning horizon.
Under the proposal, a firm’s planned
capital distributions would be required
to be consistent with effective capital
distribution limitations that would
apply in the firm’s pro forma projections
under the BHC baseline scenario. The
BHC baseline scenario would be defined
as a scenario that reflects the bank
holding company’s reasonable
expectation of the economic and
financial outlook, including
expectations related to the bank holding
company’s capital adequacy and
financial condition. The firm’s
projections under the BHC baseline
scenario must incorporate the firm’s
expected performance, business plan,
management actions, and all planned
capital actions.43
Basing capital distribution restrictions
on a firm’s projections in its BHC
baseline scenario may create incentives
for a firm to be overly optimistic about
its baseline projections in order to
increase the amount of permissible
capital distributions. In order to
maintain strong incentives for a firm to
project realistic baseline earnings, the
Board intends to monitor and evaluate
a firm’s quarterly performance relative
to its baseline projections to help ensure
that the firm adopts processes that
realistically project performance and
capital levels. A pattern of materially
underperforming baseline projections
for earnings, capital levels, or capital
ratios may be indicative of weaknesses
in the firm’s capital planning and result
in heightened scrutiny in the qualitative
assessment. Additionally, as under the
current rule, the Board may require a
firm that materially underperforms its
projected capital ratios to resubmit its
capital plan if such underperformance
results from material changes in the
firm’s risk exposures or operating
conditions. Additionally, under the
proposal, the Board would continue to
43 Consistent with current practice, a firm may
use the same baseline scenario as the supervisory
baseline scenario if the bank holding company
determines the supervisory baseline scenario
appropriately represents its view of the most likely
outlook for the risk factors salient to the firm.
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
be able to object to the capital plans of
large and complex firms and LISCC
firms on qualitative grounds.
Further, the proposal would provide
that the Board would consider the
results of any stress test conducted by
the bank holding company or the Board
in conducting its review of a firm’s
capital plan, similar to the provision in
the current capital plan rule. Those
results would inform the Board’s view
of the financial condition of the firm,
which has implications for the
reasonableness and appropriateness of
the firm’s capital plan.
Question 13: What are the advantages
and disadvantages of not requiring a
firm to project and meet the limitations
of the capital rule regarding
discretionary bonus payments on a pro
forma basis?
Question 14: What, if any,
modifications should the Board make to
the definition of BHC baseline scenario?
Question 15: What are the advantages
and disadvantages of not requiring a
firm to make BHC baseline scenario
projections that would enable it to
evaluate whether its planned capital
actions would be consistent with
advanced approaches-based capital
distribution restrictions, such as the
advanced approaches capital
conservation buffer requirement or the
total loss absorbency capacity buffer
requirements?
C. Summary of the Proposed Timeline
for Reviewing Capital Plans and
Calculating the Stress Buffer
Requirements
Under the current capital plan rule,
the Board completes its assessment of a
firm’s capital plan, including the
supervisory stress test, by June 30.
Similarly, under the proposal, the Board
would complete the assessment of a
firm’s capital plan and provide each
firm with initial notice of the firm’s
stress buffer requirements by June 30.
The proposal would modify certain
other procedural requirements
associated with the capital plan rule.
Consistent with the current practice,
the as-of date for the capital plan cycle
would be December 31 of the previous
calendar year, and the planning horizon
for capital planning would be a period
of nine consecutive quarters from that
date. Firms would submit their capital
plans and related regulatory reports by
April 5. The Board generally would
determine each firm’s stress buffer
requirements and conduct a qualitative
evaluation of the capital plans of large
and complex firms and LISCC firms in
the second quarter of the year (April
through June). By June 30, the Board
generally would disclose to the public
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
each firm’s stress buffer requirements
and the Board’s decision to object or not
object to the capital plan of each large
and complex and LISCC firm on
qualitative grounds.
Currently, upon completion of the
supervisory stress test but before the
disclosure of the final CCAR results, the
Board provides each firm with the
results of its post-stress capital analysis,
and each firm has an opportunity to
make a one-time adjustment to its
planned capital actions. Similarly,
under the proposal, within two business
days of receipt of initial notice of its
stress buffer requirements, a firm would
be required to assess whether its
planned capital distributions are
consistent with the effective capital
distribution limitations that would
apply on a pro forma basis under the
BHC baseline scenario throughout the
fourth through seventh quarters of the
planning horizon. In the event of an
inconsistency, a firm would be required
to reduce the capital distributions in its
capital plan to be consistent with such
limitations for those quarters of the
planning horizon.44 A firm would be
required to notify the Board of any
18169
reductions in capital distributions in its
capital plan.
Each firm’s updated annual stress
buffer requirements would become
effective for purposes of the capital rule
on October 1. From October 1 through
September 30 of the following calendar
year, a firm would not be permitted to
exceed the amount of capital
distributions in the firm’s capital plan
without prior notification to or approval
from the Board.
Table 1 below summarizes the key
dates and actions in the annual capital
plan cycle under the proposal.
TABLE 1—KEY DATES AND ACTIONS IN THE ANNUAL CAPITAL PLAN CYCLE UNDER THE PROPOSAL
Date
December 31 of the preceding calendar year.
By February 15 ....................
By April 5 ..............................
April through June ................
By June 30 ...........................
Within two business days of
initial notice.
October 1 through September 30 of the following
calendar year.
Action
As of date of the capital plan cycle.
Board publishes scenarios for the upcoming capital plan cycle.
Each firm submits its capital plan (including results of the bank holding company’s stress tests) and relevant regulatory reports.
Board performs its supervisory stress test and calculates each firm’s stress buffer requirements. Concurrently, the
Board conducts a qualitative evaluation of each large and complex and LISCC firm’s capital plan.
The Board provides to a firm and publishes initial notice of the firm’s stress buffer requirements, and for each
large and complex and LISCC firm, the Board’s decision to object or not object to the capital plan on a qualitative basis.
Each firm must analyze its planned capital distributions for the period of October 1 through September 30 of the
following calendar year, and adjust downward any amount not consistent with effective capital distribution limitations that would apply on a pro forma basis under baseline conditions, and provide the Board its final planned
capital distributions.
Effective dates of a firm’s stress buffer requirements.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Transition to the Stress Buffer
Requirement Regime
Currently, the Board’s review and
approval of planned capital actions
covers the four-quarter period between
July 1 and June 30 of the following
calendar year. Were a firm’s stress buffer
requirements to become effective on
October 1, 2019, as proposed, for the
period July 1 to September 30, 2019, a
bank holding company would be
authorized to make capital distributions
that do not exceed the four-quarter
average of capital distributions to which
the Board indicated its non-objection for
the previous capital plan cycle, unless
otherwise determined by the Board. To
the extent that a firm wishes to make
additional capital distributions beyond
its four-quarter average of capital
distributions to which the Board
indicated its non-objection for the
previous capital plan cycle, it would be
able to use the established notification
or request for approval processes in the
current capital plan rule.
Question 16: The proposal would
maintain the Board’s current practice of
44 In addition, a firm that is not required to reduce
its planned capital distributions would be
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
The proposed rule would revise the
procedures for a firm to request
reconsideration of a qualitative
objection to its capital plan and would
provide similar procedures to allow a
firm to request reconsideration of its
stress buffer requirements.
Under the proposal, a firm that
determines to request reconsideration of
any of its stress buffer requirements or
of a qualitative objection to its capital
plan would be required to submit a
request to the Board, and the Board
would respond in writing within 30
days. By requiring a firm to submit a
request for reconsideration through this
procedure, the proposal would provide
the Board with an opportunity to
consider justifications and additional
information that the firm believes would
support its request in light of the results
of the Board’s supervisory stress test,
additional information received during
the CCAR process, and any other
relevant information. The proposed
procedures also would provide a firm
with an opportunity to respond to any
of its stress buffer requirements and
help ensure that the stress capital buffer
requirements are appropriately sized.
Likewise, the proposed procedures
would provide a firm with an
opportunity to respond to a qualitative
objection to its capital plan, and to help
ensure that the Board has considered all
relevant aspects of the firm’s capital
planning process and capital adequacy
process. While a firm’s request for
reconsideration is pending, the
requirements under reconsideration
permitted to do so after receiving its initial notice.
For instance, a firm may choose to reduce its
planned dividends in order to lower its stress buffer
requirements.
providing firms with two business days
to make any adjustments to planned
capital actions to minimize the time
when a firm has material nonpublic
information. What if any challenges are
posed by this timeframe for a firm to
adjust its planned capital actions?
Question 17: What are the advantages
or disadvantages of the proposed
transition from the current process to
the proposed process? What if any
alternative transition processes should
the Board consider and why?
D. Requests for Reconsideration
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
18170
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
would not be final, and therefore would
not be effective.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Timing and Contents of Request for
Reconsideration
The proposal would establish
requirements for the timing and
contents of a request for
reconsideration. Under the proposal, a
firm wishing to request reconsideration
of a qualitative objection to its capital
plan or any of its stress buffer
requirements would be required to
submit to the Board in writing such
request within fifteen calendar days of
receipt of notice of its objection or stress
buffer requirements. The request would
be required to include an explanation of
why the firm believes that the objection
to its capital plan or either of its stress
buffer requirements should be
reconsidered. To facilitate the Board’s
review of a firm’s request for
reconsideration, the request should
identify all supporting reasons for the
request. For information not previously
provided as part of the capital plan, the
request should include an explanation
of why the information should be
considered.
Within 30 calendar days of receipt of
the firm’s request for reconsideration,
the Board would notify the firm of its
decision to affirm or modify any of the
firm’s stress buffer requirements or
affirm or withdraw its objection to the
firm’s capital plan.45 The Board’s
response would include an explanation
of its decision, including responses to
the firm’s supporting reasons and
consideration of additional information
provided.
The proposed timeline is intended to
provide an adequate opportunity for
response, while ensuring that the results
of the supervisory stress test and a
firm’s most recent capital plan are
integrated into the firm’s ongoing
capital requirements and planned
distributions as quickly as possible. The
proposed process should provide the
firm with an opportunity to present any
issues or arguments in an efficient
manner and allow the Board to respond
to the items raised in the request for
reconsideration taking into account the
results of the stress test and its
supervisory experience in light of
information and arguments presented by
the firm.
45 The Board would be able to extend the time for
action on a request for reconsideration upon notice
to the firm.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
Effectiveness of Stress Buffer
Requirements During Request for
Reconsideration
While a firm’s request for
reconsideration is pending, its stress
buffer requirement(s) or qualitative
objection to the firm’s capital plan, if
under reconsideration, would not be
final, and therefore would not be
effective.46 The firm generally would be
able to continue to make capital
distributions that were included in the
last capital plan for which the firm
received a non-objection.47
Adjustments Following Reconsideration
Determination
In the case that the Board adjusted a
firm’s stress buffer requirements in
response to a request for reconsideration
of a firm’s stress buffer requirement(s),
the firm would follow the procedures
provided for the initial notification of
the stress buffer requirements. To enable
the firm to make the capital
distributions included in its original
capital plan, if the Board reduced the
firm’s stress buffer requirements, the
firm would have an opportunity to
increase its planned capital
distributions up to the amount included
in the firm’s original capital plan. A
firm would be required to notify the
Board of any adjustments in planned
capital distributions.
Informal Hearing Procedures
Currently, the capital plan rule
provides that a firm that requests
reconsideration of an objection to its
capital plan may request an informal
hearing as an alternative to requesting
reconsideration of an objection to its
capital plan. Consistent with the current
capital plan rule, the proposal would
provide a firm with an opportunity to
request an informal hearing as part of its
request for request for reconsideration.
Question 18: What are the advantages
and disadvantages of the proposed
procedures for requesting
46 A qualitative objection to a capital plan and
any of a firm’s stress buffer requirements also
would not be effective during the 15-day period
following the notice of objection or stress buffer
requirements but prior to the deadline for
submitting a request for reconsideration.
47 To maintain a firm’s status quo during the
request for reconsideration, if the Board has not yet
indicated its non-objection for a quarter during
which a decision for a request for reconsideration
is pending, a firm would be able to make capital
distributions so long as these distributions do not
exceed the four-quarter average of capital
distributions to which the Board indicated its nonobjection for the previous capital plan cycle, unless
otherwise determined by the Board. A limitation
based, in part, on an average of final planned
capital actions for the previous capital plan cycle
would account for variations in a firm’s capital
actions from quarter to quarter.
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
reconsideration of a qualitative
objection to a capital plan or any of the
stress buffer requirements? What, if any,
modifications would enhance the
proposed procedures?
Question 19: During the pendency of
a request for reconsideration, a firm’s
stress buffer requirements or objection
to a firm’s capital plan would not go
into effect and a firm generally would
continue to be bound by existing
limitations on capital distributions.
What are the advantages and
disadvantages of this approach?
Question 20: The proposal would
require a firm to submit a request for
reconsideration within 15 calendar days
of receiving notice of a qualitative
objection to its capital plan or any of its
stress buffer requirements. What if any
challenges are posed by this proposed
timeframe?
Question 21: The Board has not
received any requests for an informal
hearing under the capital plan rule.
What are the advantages and
disadvantages of continuing to provide
an opportunity to request an informal
hearing? What information would not be
adequately addressed in a written
reconsideration process that would be
better addressed in an informal hearing?
Discuss and provide examples of any
issues that are likely to be raised in an
informal hearing that would not be
adequately presented through a written
submission.
E. Capital Plan Resubmission and
Circumstances Warranting
Recalculation of the Stress Buffer
Requirements
The capital plan rule currently
provides that the Board may require a
firm to resubmit its capital plan if the
Board determines that there has been a
material change in the firm’s risk
profile, financial condition, or corporate
structure or if the bank holding
company stress scenario(s) used in the
firm’s most recent capital plan are no
longer appropriate for the firm’s
business model and portfolios, or
changes in financial markets or the
macro-economic outlook that could
have a material impact on a firm’s risk
profile and financial condition require
the use of updated scenarios (material
change). Additionally, a firm must
resubmit its capital plan if it determines
there has been or will be a material
change in the firm’s risk profile,
financial condition, or corporate
structure since the firm last submitted
the capital plan to the Board. Until the
Board has acted on that resubmitted
capital plan, a firm is not permitted to
make any capital distributions other
than those approved by the Board in
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
writing. A firm that wishes to increase
its capital distributions can choose to
resubmit its capital plan to the Board.
These provisions would be maintained
in the proposal.
Similar to the current procedure,
under the proposal, the Board may
recalculate a firm’s stress buffer
requirements whenever the firm chooses
or is required to resubmit its capital
plan. The Board would review a
resubmitted capital plan within 75
calendar days after receipt and, at the
Board’s discretion, provide the firm
with one or more updated stress buffer
requirements, and, for a large and
complex or LISCC firm, would object or
not object to the resubmitted capital
plan on qualitative grounds. Under the
proposal, upon a determination by the
Board or the firm of a material change,
the Board may conduct an updated
supervisory stress test and recalculate a
firm’s stress buffer requirements based
on the resubmitted capital plan.48
Similar to the process for submitting the
annual capital plan, the planned capital
distributions in the firm’s resubmitted
capital plan would be required to be
consistent with any effective capital
distribution limitations that would
apply on a pro forma basis over the
planning horizon. Any updated stress
buffer requirements, approved planned
capital actions, and, for a LISCC or large
and complex firm, the Board’s action on
the resubmitted capital plan, would be
in effect until the firm’s updated stress
buffer requirements from the next
annual assessment by the Board become
effective (unless the firm experienced
another material change prior to that
date).
Question 22: Under the proposal, the
Board may recalculate a firm’s stress
buffer requirements if the firm resubmits
its capital plan. Accordingly, the Board
also would recalculate the firm’s stress
buffer requirement using an updated
severely adverse scenario. What are the
advantages or disadvantages of using an
updated severely adverse scenario to
recalculate a firm’s stress buffer
requirements?
Question 23: What, if any, other
changes to CCAR or the capital plan
rule should the Board consider? For
example, what advantages or
disadvantages would be associated with:
i. Removing or adjusting the
provisions that allow the Board to object
to a large and complex or LISCC firm’s
capital plan on the basis of qualitative
48 For
this purpose, the planning horizon would
be the nine quarter period beginning on the date
after the as-of date of the projections. For instance,
if the as-of date of the projections was June 30,
2019, the planning horizon would extend from July
1, 2019, through September 30, 2021.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
deficiencies in the firm’s capital
planning process;
ii. Publishing for notice and comment
the severely adverse scenario used in
calculating a firm’s stress buffer
requirements;
iii. Providing additional flexibility for
a firm to exceed the capital distributions
included in its capital plan if its
earnings and capital ratios are above
those in its BHC baseline; or
iv. Providing additional flexibility to a
firm to increase the planned capital
actions above what was included in its
original capital plan based on the
results of the supervisory stress test or
request for reconsideration?
IV. Proposed Changes to the Capital
Rule and Explanation of the Mechanics
of the Distribution Limitations of the
Stress Buffer Requirements
A. Proposed Changes to the Capital Rule
Conceptually, a firm’s capital buffer is
the amount by which its regulatory
capital ratios exceed minimum
requirements. For example, for riskbased capital purposes under the
current capital rule, a firm’s capital
conservation buffer is equal to the
lowest of the following ratios: The firm’s
CET1 capital ratio minus its minimum
CET1 capital ratio requirement, its tier
1 capital ratio minus its minimum tier
1 capital ratio requirement, and its total
capital ratio minus its minimum total
capital ratio requirement. The proposal
would retain this concept for
determining a firm’s buffer above its
minimum risk-based capital
requirements, and would extend the
concept for purposes of determining a
firm’s buffer above its minimum 4
percent tier 1 leverage ratio requirement
(leverage buffer). Under the proposal, a
firm would compare a given buffer to
the relevant buffer requirement to
determine whether it is subject to
limitations on its capital distributions
and discretionary bonus payments.
To incorporate the stress buffer
requirements into the capital rule, the
proposal would revise the capital rule to
introduce the terms ‘‘stress capital
buffer requirement’’ and ‘‘stress leverage
buffer requirement,’’ and to define
standardized approach capital
conservation buffer requirement and
advanced approaches capital
conservation buffer requirement for
firms subject to the capital plan rule. A
firm would determine its standardized
approach capital conservation buffer
using risk-based capital ratios calculated
under the capital rule’s standardized
approach, and, if applicable, would
determine its advanced approaches
capital conservation buffer using risk-
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
18171
based capital ratios calculated under the
rule’s advanced approaches.49 The firm
would compare each of these buffers to
the corresponding capital conservation
buffer requirement. A subject firm’s
standardized approach capital
conservation buffer requirement would
be equal to the sum of: (1) Its stress
capital buffer requirement, (2) as
applicable, the firm’s GSIB surcharge;
and, (3) as applicable, the firm’s
countercyclical capital amount. A
subject firm’s advanced approaches
capital conservation buffer requirement
would be equal to the sum of: (1) 2.5
Percent of risk-weighted assets, (2) as
applicable, the firm’s GSIB surcharge;
and, (3) as applicable, the firm’s
countercyclical capital buffer amount.
Similarly, under the proposal, a firm
would compare its leverage buffer to its
stress leverage buffer requirement.
B. Mechanics of the Distribution
Limitations of the Stress Buffer
Requirements
A firm would be subject to the most
stringent distribution limitation, if any,
as determined by the firm’s
standardized approach capital
conservation buffer requirement, the
firm’s stress leverage buffer requirement
and, if applicable, the firm’s advanced
approaches capital conservation buffer
requirement, and the enhanced
supplementary leverage ratio standard.
The firm would determine the
maximum amount it could pay in
capital distributions and discretionary
bonus payments that quarter (maximum
payout amount) by multiplying the
firm’s eligible retained income by the
most stringent payout ratio, if any, that
it is subject to as determined under
Table 2 to 12 CFR 217.11 of the
proposed rule.
For example, in order to determine
the maximum payout amount that a firm
may pay in capital distributions and
discretionary bonus payments for the
first quarter of 2020, a firm would
multiply its maximum payout ratio by
its eligible retained income. For the
period from January 1, 2020 to March
31, 2020, the eligible retained income of
the firm would be based on the firm’s
net income for the year 2019 and the
maximum payout ratio would be
determined based on the capital ratios
of the firm as of December 31, 2019.
Firms that are subject to stress buffer
requirements are expected to know their
49 As under the current capital rule, under
§ 217.10, a firm subject to the advanced approaches
must calculate each of its risk-based capital ratios
(common equity tier 1, tier 1, and total capital)
under the standardized approach (12 CFR part 217,
subpart D) and under the advanced approaches (12
CFR part 217, subpart E).
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
18172
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
capital positions on a daily basis. If a
firm has any uncertainty regarding its
quarter-end capital ratios prior to filing
its regulatory reports, it should be
conservative with capital distributions
(including buybacks) during the
beginning of a calendar quarter in order
to avoid a situation in which it
distributes more than the amount
permitted under the capital rule.
The proposal would not amend the
current definitions of ‘‘distribution’’ and
‘‘capital distribution’’ found in the
capital rule and capital plan rule,
respectively. Under the capital rule, the
definition of distribution includes
reductions in tier 1 capital through a
repurchase or any other means, except
when the institution, in the same
quarter as the repurchase, fully replaces
the tier 1 instrument by issuing another
similar instrument. Under the capital
plan rule, a capital distribution means a
redemption or repurchase of any debt or
equity capital instrument, a payment of
common or preferred stock dividends, a
payment that may be temporarily or
permanently suspended by the issuer on
any instrument that is eligible for
inclusion in the numerator of any
minimum regulatory capital ratio, and
any similar transaction that the Board
determines to be in substance a
distribution of capital. Unlike the
definition of distribution in the capital
rule, the definition of capital
distribution in the capital plan rule does
not provide an exception for
distributions accompanied by an
offsetting issuance. The discrepancy
between the two definitions reflects the
different purposes of the two rules. The
broader definition included in the
capital plan rule ensures that all
distributions, including those offset by
issuances, are included in a firm’s
capital plan. However, because
distributions offset by equivalent
issuances within a quarter do not affect
a firm’s capital position, this type of
distribution is not included in the
definition in the capital rule.
Question 24: What are the advantages
or disadvantages of maintaining the
current definitions of distribution and
capital distribution in the capital rule
and capital plan rule, respectively, or of
amending the definition of capital
distribution in the capital plan rule to
match the definition of distribution in
the capital rule or vice versa?
V. Proposed Changes to the Stress Test
Rules
To increase the transparency
regarding the application of an
additional trading and counterparty
scenario component, the proposal
would expressly include the definition
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
of ‘‘significant trading activity’’ into the
Board’s company-run stress test
requirements,50 rather than defining this
term with reference to the Capital
Assessments and Stress Testing report
(FR Y–14). Currently, significant trading
activity is defined in the FR Y–14. The
FR Y–14 defines a firm with significant
trading activity as any domestic bank
holding company or U.S. intermediate
holding company that is subject to
supervisory stress tests and that (1) has
aggregate trading assets and liabilities of
$50 billion or more, or aggregate trading
assets and liabilities equal to 10 percent
or more of total consolidated assets, and
(2) is not a ‘‘large and noncomplex firm’’
under the Board’s capital plan rule.
Under the proposal, this definition of
significant trading activity would be
adopted in the stress test rules for the
annual company-run stress test. This
change would be responsive to feedback
that it is more transparent to define the
scope of applicability for the trading
and counterparty component in the
stress test rules, rather than by crossreference to the FR Y–14.
VI. Proposed Changes to Regulatory
Reports
The proposal would modify the
Consolidated Financial Statements for
Holding Companies Report (FR Y–9C;
OMB: 7100–0128) to collect information
regarding the stress buffer requirements
applicable to a firm and the Capital
Assessments and Stress Testing Report
(FR Y–14A; OMB No. 7100–0341).
Specifically, the proposal would add
new line items to the quarterly FR Y–
9C in order to collect information
regarding a firm’s stress capital buffer
requirement, stress leverage buffer
requirement, and GSIB surcharge and
countercyclical capital buffer amount,
as applicable, and information
necessary to calculate a firm’s
distribution limitations, including its
capital conservation buffer, advanced
approaches capital conservation buffer,
leverage buffer, eligible retained
income, and distributions. This
information would enable the Board and
the public to identify any distribution
limitations and monitor a bank holding
company’s performance on a quarterly
basis.
The proposal would add similar items
to the semi-annual FR Y–14A schedule
to collect the information necessary to
compare a firm’s projected capital ratios
to expected buffer requirements and
implement the proposed evaluation of
planned capital actions under the BHC
50 See
PO 00000
12 CFR part 252, subpart F.
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
baseline scenario.51 As described in
section III.C above, the proposal
provides that, within two business days
of receipt of notice of its stress buffer
requirements, a firm would be required
to assess whether its planned capital
distributions are consistent with the
effective capital distribution limitations
that would apply on a pro forma basis
under the BHC baseline scenario
throughout the fourth through seventh
quarters of the planning horizon. In the
event of an inconsistency, a firm would
be required to reduce the capital
distributions in its capital plan to be
consistent with such limitations for
those quarters of the planning horizon
and provide the Board with its final
planned capital actions following any
such adjustments.52
To implement this requirement, a firm
would be required to report its capital
distributions on the FR Y–14A filed in
connection with its initial capital plan
on April 5, and in the event of any
downward adjustments to its planned
capital distributions, resubmit the FR
Y–14A summary schedule within two
business days of receiving its stress
buffer requirements, that reflect the
stress buffer requirements and its
reduced planned capital distributions.53
At the time a firm submits its capital
plan and FR Y–14 report (April 5), the
firm will not be aware of its stress buffer
requirements for the upcoming cycle.
For simplicity, the instructions
contemplate that the firm would report
the stress buffer requirements currently
in effect, and assume that the stress
buffer requirements remain constant
through the planning horizon. However,
the capital plan rule requires the firm’s
planned capital distributions to be
consistent with effective capital
distribution limitations in the fourth
through seventh quarters of the
planning horizon and not the
distribution limitations in effect in the
prior cycle. Thus, it would be possible
for a firm to include planned capital
distributions in its April 5 FR Y–14A
51 A firm generally would only be required to
report this information annually in connection with
its April 5 capital plan submission.
52 The proposal also permits a firm to reduce its
planned capital distributions if the firm’s planned
capital distributions are consistent with effective
capital distribution limitations.
53 In the event that a firm requests reconsideration
of any of its stress buffer requirements, a firm must
evaluate its planned capital distributions in light of
any modifications any of the stress buffer
requirements. The firm may be required to reduce
or permitted to increase its capital distributions
depending on any modifications, and must provide
the Board with its final planned capital actions
reflecting those adjustments. In the event of any
adjustment, the firm would be required to file the
FR Y–14A to reflect its revised planned capital
distributions.
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
that would exceed those permitted
under the previous cycle’s capital plan,
but be consistent with the capital plan
rule because the firm’s stress buffer
requirements declined.
Question 25: The proposal would
require all firms subject to the stress
buffer requirements to report their
eligible retained income and capital
distributions and discretionary bonus
payments each quarter on the FR Y–9C,
which is publicly available. What
concerns, if any, are raised by making
this reporting mandatory? What
concerns, if any, are raised by making
this reporting public as opposed to
including this information in a
confidential information collection?
VII. Administrative Law Matters
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
A. Paperwork Reduction Act
In accordance with section 3512 of
the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
(44 U.S.C. 3501–3521) (PRA), the Board
may not conduct or sponsor, and a
respondent is not required to respond
to, an information collection unless it
displays a currently valid Office of
Management and Budget (OMB) control
number. The Board reviewed the
proposed rule under the authority
delegated to the Board by OMB.
The proposed rule would revise
collection of information requirements
subject to the PRA. As described further
below, the proposal would revise the
reporting requirements found in section
12 CFR 225.8. Additionally, the Board
proposes to revise certain other
collections of information to reflect the
changes proposed in the proposed rule.
The OMB control numbers are 7100–
0128, 7100–0341, and 7100–0342 for
this information collection.
Comments are invited on:
a. Whether the collections of
information are necessary for the proper
performance of the Federal Reserve’s
functions, including whether the
information has practical utility;
b. The accuracy or the estimate of the
burden of the information collections,
including the validity of the
methodology and assumptions used;
c. Ways to enhance the quality,
utility, and clarity of the information to
be collected;
d. Ways to minimize the burden of the
information collections on respondents,
including through the use of automated
collection techniques or other forms of
information technology; and
e. Estimates of capital or startup costs
and costs of operation, maintenance,
and purchase of services to provide
information.
All comment will become a matter of
public record. Comments on aspects of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
this notice that may affect reporting,
recordkeeping, or disclosure
requirements and burden estimates
should be sent to: Secretary, Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve
System, 20th and C Streets NW,
Washington, DC 20551. A copy of the
comments may also be submitted to the
OMB desk officer by mail to U.S. Office
of Management and Budget, 725 17th
Street NW, #10235, Washington, DC
20503 or by facsimile to 202–3955806,
Attention, Agency Desk Officer.
Proposed Revisions, With Extension
for Three Years, of the Following
Information Collections:
(1) Title of Information Collection:
Consolidated Financial Statements for
Holding Companies.
Agency Form Number: FR Y–9C; FR
Y–9LP; FR Y–9SP; FR Y–9ES; FR Y–
9CS.
OMB Control Number: 7100–0128.
Frequency of Response: Quarterly,
semi-annually, and annually.
Affected Public: Businesses or other
for-profit.
Respondents: Bank holding
companies (BHCs), savings and loan
holding companies (SLHCs), securities
holding companies (SHCs), and U.S.
intermediate holding companies (IHCs),
(collectively, ‘‘holding companies’’).
Abstract: The FR Y–9C serves as
standardized financial statements for
holding companies. The FR Y–9 family
of reporting forms continues to be the
primary source of financial data on
holding companies that examiners rely
on in the intervals between on-site
inspections. Financial data from these
reporting forms are used to detect
emerging financial problems, to review
performance and conduct preinspection analysis, to monitor and
evaluate capital adequacy, to evaluate
holding company mergers and
acquisitions, and to analyze a holding
company’s overall financial condition to
ensure the safety and soundness of its
operations.
Current Actions: The proposal would
modify the FR Y–9C for holding
companies subject to the capital plan
rule in order to collect information
regarding a firm’s stress capital buffer
requirement, stress leverage buffer
requirement, GSIB surcharge,
countercyclical capital buffer amount,
as applicable, and any applicable
distribution limitations under the
regulatory capital rule. Specifically, the
proposal would add new line items to
the FR Y–9C Schedule HC–R Part I to
collect to collect the following
information from holding companies
subject to the capital plan rule: (1) The
firm’s capital conservation buffer
requirements (including its
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
18173
standardized approach capital
conservation buffer requirement and the
advanced approaches capital
conservation buffer requirement), stress
leverage buffer requirement, and SLR
buffer requirement; (2) the firm’s capital
conservation buffer, advanced
approaches capital conservation buffer,
leverage buffer, and, as applicable, SLR
buffer as of the preceding quarter-end,
which is the difference between the
firm’s relevant capital ratio and the
relevant minimum requirement; and (3)
information needed to calculate the
firm’s maximum payout amount,
including the firm’s planned total
capital distributions, eligible retained
income, and maximum payout ratio.
The proposed revision would apply to
top-tier holding companies subject to
the Board’s capital plan rule (BHCs and
IHCs with total consolidated assets of
$50 billion or more), for a total of 39 of
the existing FR Y–9C respondents. The
draft reporting forms and instructions
for the FR Y–9C will be available at
https://www.federalreserve.gov/apps/
reportforms/review.aspx.
Number of Respondents: FR Y–9C
(non-Advanced Approaches holding
companies or other respondents): 632;
FR Y–9C (Advanced Approaches
holding companies or other
respondents): 18; FR Y–9LP: 780; FR Y–
9SP: 3,889; FR Y–9ES: 80; FR Y–9CS:
236.
Current Estimated Average Hours per
Response: FR Y–9C (non-Advanced
Approaches holding companies or other
respondents): 47.11 hours; FR Y–9C
(Advanced Approaches holding
companies or other respondents): 48.36
hours; FR Y–9LP: 5.27 hours; FR Y–9SP:
5.4 hours; FR Y–9ES: 0.5 hours; FR Y–
9CS: 0.5 hours.
Current Estimated Annual Burden
Hours: FR Y–9C (non-Advanced
Approaches holding companies or other
respondents): 119,094 hours; FR Y–9C
(Advanced Approaches holding
companies or other respondents): 3,482
hours; FR Y–9LP: 16,442 hours; FR Y–
9SP: 42,001; FR Y–9ES: 40; FR Y–9CS:
472.
Proposed Change in Estimated
Annual Burden Hours: FR Y–9C: 1,188
hours (an increase of 0.26 hours per
response for FR Y–9C (non-Advanced
Approaches holding companies or other
respondents) and an increase of 8 hours
per response for FR Y–9C (Advanced
Approaches holding companies or other
respondents)).
Proposed Total Estimated Annual
Burden Hours: FR Y–9C (non-Advanced
Approaches holding companies or other
respondents): 119,751 hours; FR Y–9C
(Advanced Approaches holding
companies or other respondents): 4,058
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
18174
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
hours; FR Y–9LP: 16,442 hours; FR Y–
9SP: 42,001; FR Y–9ES: 40; FR Y–9CS:
472.
(2) Title of Information Collection:
Capital Assessments and Stress Testing
information collection.
Agency Form Number: FR Y–14A/Q/
M.
OMB Control Number: 7100–0341.
Frequency of Response: Annually,
semi-annually, quarterly, and monthly.
Affected Public: Businesses or other
for-profit.
Respondents: The respondent panel
consists of any top-tier bank holding
company (BHC) or intermediate holding
company (IHC) that has $50 billion or
more in total consolidated assets, as
determined based on: (i) The average of
the firm’s total consolidated assets in
the four most recent quarters as reported
quarterly on the firm’s Consolidated
Financial Statements for Bank Holding
Companies (FR Y–9C) (OMB No. 7100–
0128); or (ii) the average of the firm’s
total consolidated assets in the most
recent consecutive quarters as reported
quarterly on the firm’s FR Y–9Cs, if the
firm has not filed an FR Y–9C for each
of the most recent four quarters.
Reporting is required as of the first day
of the quarter immediately following the
quarter in which it meets this asset
threshold, unless otherwise directed by
the Board.
Abstract: The data collected through
the FR Y–14A/Q/M schedules provide
the Board with the information and
perspective needed to help ensure that
large BHCs and IHCs have strong,
firm-wide risk measurement and
management processes supporting their
internal assessments of capital adequacy
and that their capital resources are
sufficient given their business focus,
activities, and resulting risk exposures.
The annual CCAR exercise is
complemented by other Board
supervisory efforts aimed at enhancing
the continued viability of large firms,
including continuous monitoring of
firms’ planning and management of
liquidity and funding resources and
regular assessments of credit, market
and operational risks, and associated
risk management practices. Information
gathered in this data collection is also
used in the supervision and regulation
of these financial institutions.
The Capital Assessments and Stress
Testing information collection consists
of the FR Y–14A, FR Y–14Q, and FR Y–
14M reports. The semi-annual FR Y–
14A collects quantitative projections of
balance sheet, income, losses, and
capital across a range of macroeconomic
scenarios and qualitative information on
methodologies used to develop internal
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
projections of capital across scenarios.54
The quarterly FR Y–14Q collects
granular data on various asset classes,
including loans, securities, and trading
assets, and pre-provision net revenue
(PPNR) for the reporting period. The
monthly FR Y–14M comprises three
retail portfolio- and loan-level
collections, and one detailed address
matching collection to supplement two
of the portfolio and loan-level
collections.
Current Actions: The proposal would
modify the FR Y–14 reports in order to
collect information regarding a firm’s
capital conservation buffer requirements
(including the stress buffer
requirements) and any applicable
distribution limitations under the
regulatory capital rule. The proposal
would add new line items to the semiannual FR Y–14A, Schedule A
(Summary—Capital) to collect
information regarding a firm’s
projections under BHC baseline
conditions. Specifically, the FR Y–14A
would be revised to collect the
following: (1) The firm’s capital
conservation buffer requirements
(including its standardized approach
capital conservation buffer requirement
and the advanced approaches capital
conservation buffer requirement), stress
leverage buffer requirement, and SLR
buffer requirement for each quarter of
the planning horizon; (2) the firm’s
capital conservation buffer, advanced
approaches capital conservation buffer,
leverage buffer, and, as applicable, SLR
buffer as of the preceding quarter-end
for each quarter of the planning horizon,
which is the difference between the
firm’s relevant capital ratio and the
relevant minimum requirement; and (3)
information needed to calculate the
firm’s maximum payout amount,
including the firm’s planned total
capital distributions, eligible retained
income, and maximum payout ratio for
each quarter of the planning horizon.
The draft reporting forms and
instructions for the FR Y–14 will be
available at https://
www.federalreserve.gov/apps/
reportforms/review.aspx.
Number of Respondents: 39.
Current Estimated Average Hours per
Response: FR Y–14A: Summary, 887
hours; Macro scenario, 31 hours;
Operational Risk, 18 hours; Regulatory
capital instruments, 21 hours; and
Business plan changes, 16 hours;
Adjusted Capital Submission, 100
hours. FR Y–14Q: Retail, 15 hours;
54 A bank holding company that must re-submit
its capital plan generally also must provide a
revised FR Y–14A in connection with its
resubmission.
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Securities, 13 hours; PPNR, 711 hours;
Wholesale, 151 hours; Trading, 1,926
hours; Regulatory capital transitions, 23
hours; Regulatory capital instruments,
54 hours; Operational risk, 50 hours;
MSR Valuation, 23 hours;
Supplemental, 4 hours; Retail FVO/
HFS, 15 hours; CCR, 514 hours; and
Balances, 16 hours. FR Y–14M: 1st lien
mortgage, 516 hours; Home equity, 516
hours; and Credit card, 512 hours. FR
Y–14 On-Going automation revisions,
480 hours; and implementation, 7,200
hours. FR Y–14 Attestation:
Implementation, 4,800 hours; and ongoing, 2,560 hours.
Current Estimated Annual Burden
Hours: FR Y–14A: Summary, 69,186
hours; Macro scenario, 2,418 hours;
Operational Risk, 702 hours; Regulatory
capital instruments, 819 hours; Business
plan changes, 624 hours; and Adjusted
Capital Submission, 500 hours. FR Y–
14Q: Retail, 2,340; Securities, 2,028
hours; Pre-provision net revenue
(PPNR), 110,916 hours; Wholesale,
23,556 hours; Trading, 92,448 hours;
Regulatory capital transitions, 3,588
hours; Regulatory capital instruments,
8,424 hours; Operational risk, 7,800
hours; Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSR)
Valuation, 1,380 hours; Supplemental,
624 hours; and Retail Fair Value
Option/Held for Sale (Retail FVO/HFS),
1,500 hours; Counterparty, 24,672
hours; and Balances, 2,496 hours. FR Y–
14M: 1st lien mortgage, 229,104 hours;
Home equity, 191,952 hours; and Credit
card, 110,592 hours. FR Y–14 On-going
automation revisions, 18,720 hours; and
implementation, 0 hours. FR Y–14
Attestation: Implementation, 0 hours;
and on-going, 33,280 hours.
Proposed Change in Estimated
Annual Burden Hours: FR Y–14A: 780
hours (20 additional hours annually for
the 39 FR Y–14 filers).
Proposed Total Estimated Annual
Burden Hours: FR Y–14A: Summary,
69,966 hours; Macro scenario, 2,418
hours; Operational Risk, 702 hours;
Regulatory capital instruments, 819
hours; Business plan changes, 624
hours; and Adjusted Capital
Submission, 500 hours. FR Y–14Q:
Retail, 2,340; Securities, 2,028 hours;
Pre-provision net revenue (PPNR),
110,916 hours; Wholesale, 23,556 hours;
Trading, 92,448 hours; Regulatory
capital transitions, 3,588 hours;
Regulatory capital instruments, 8,424
hours; Operational risk, 7,800 hours;
Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSR)
Valuation, 1,380 hours; Supplemental,
624 hours; and Retail Fair Value
Option/Held for Sale (Retail FVO/HFS),
1,500 hours; Counterparty, 24,672
hours; and Balances, 2,496 hours. FR Y–
14M: 1st lien mortgage, 229,104 hours;
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Home equity, 191,952 hours; and Credit
card, 110,592 hours. FR Y–14 On-going
automation revisions, 18,720 hours; and
implementation, 0 hours. FR Y–14
Attestation: Implementation, 0 hours;
and on-going, 33,280 hours.
(3) Title of Information Collection:
Recordkeeping and Reporting
Requirements Associated with
Regulation Y (Capital Plans).
Agency Form Number: Reg Y–13.
OMB Control Number: 7100–0342.
Frequency of Response: Annually.
Affected Public: Businesses or other
for-profit.
Respondents: BHCs and IHCs.
Abstract: Regulation Y (12 CFR part
225) requires large bank holding
companies (BHCs) to submit capital
plans to the Federal Reserve on an
annual basis and to require such BHCs
to request prior approval from the
Federal Reserve under certain
circumstances before making a capital
distribution.
Current Actions: The proposal would
modify the capital plan rule in
Regulation Y by introducing stress
buffer requirements and providing for
new procedures regarding their
implementation. This includes adding
§ 225.8(h)(3)(i), which would require a
firm to determine whether capital
distributions for the fourth through
seventh quarters of the planning horizon
under the BHC baseline scenario
included in the capital plan submitted
pursuant to paragraph (e)(1)(ii) would
be consistent with effective capital
distribution limitations, assuming the
stress buffer requirements, and reduce
its distributions as necessary to be
consistent with such capital distribution
limitations.
Number of Respondents: 39.
Current Estimated Average Hours per
Response: Annual capital planning
recordkeeping (§ 225.8(e)(1)(i)) (LISCC
and large and complex firms), 11,920
hours; Annual capital planning
recordkeeping (§ 225.8(e)(1)(i)) (large
and noncomplex firms), 8,920 hours;
annual capital planning reporting
(§ 225.8(e)(1)(ii)), 80 hours; annual
capital planning recordkeeping
(§ 225.8(e)(1)(iii)), 100 hours; data
collections reporting (§ 225.8(e)(3)(i)–
(vi)), 1,005 hours; data collections
reporting (§ 225.8(e)(4)), 100 hours;
review of capital plans by the Federal
Reserve reporting (§ 225.8(j)), 16 hours;
prior approval request requirements
reporting (§ 225.8(k)(1), (3), & (4)), 100
hours; prior approval request
requirements exceptions
(§ 225.8(k)(3)(iii)(A)), 16 hours; prior
approval request requirements reports
(§ 225.8(k)(6)), 16 hours.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
Current Estimated Annual Burden
Hours: Annual capital planning
recordkeeping (§ 225.8(e)(1)(i)) (LISCC
and large and complex firms), 238,400
hours; Annual capital planning
recordkeeping (large and complex firms)
(§ 225.8(e)(1)(i)) (large and noncomplex
firms), 160,560 hours; annual capital
planning reporting (§ 225.8(e)(1)(ii)),
2,240 hours; annual capital planning
recordkeeping (§ 225.8(e)(1)(iii)), 2,800
hours; data collections reporting
(§ 225.8(e)(3)(i)–(vi)), 38,190 hours; data
collections reporting (§ 225.8(e)(4)),
1,000 hours; review of capital plans by
the Federal Reserve reporting
(§ 225.8(j)), 32 hours; prior approval
request requirements reporting
(§ 225.8(k)(1), (3), & (4)), 2,600 hours;
prior approval request requirements
exceptions (§ 225.8(k)(3)(iii)(A)), 32
hours; prior approval request
requirements reports (§ 225.8(k)(6)), 32
hours.
Proposed Change in Estimated
Average Hours per Response: Proposed
response to notice; adjustments to
planned capital distributions
(recordkeeping) (§ 225.8(h)(3)(i)), 2
hours.
Proposed Total Estimated Annual
Burden Hours: Annual capital planning
recordkeeping (§ 225.8(e)(1)(i)) (LISCC
and large and complex firms), 238,400
hours; Annual capital planning
recordkeeping (§ 225.8(e)(1)(i)) (large
and noncomplex firms), 160,560 hours;
annual capital planning reporting
(§ 225.8(e)(1)(ii)), 2,240 hours; annual
capital planning recordkeeping
(§ 225.8(e)(1)(iii)), 2,800 hours; data
collections reporting (§ 225.8(e)(3)(i)–
(vi)), 38,190 hours; data collections
reporting (§ 225.8(e)(4)), 1,000 hours;
proposed response to notice:
Adjustments to planned capital
distributions (recordkeeping)
(§ 225.8(h)(3)(i)), 78 hours; prior
approval request requirements reporting
(§ 225.8(k)(1), (3), & (4)), 2,600 hours;
prior approval request requirements
exceptions (§ 225.8(k)(3)(iii)(A)), 32
hours; prior approval request
requirements reports (§ 225.8(k)(6)), 32
hours.
B. Regulatory Flexibility Act
The Board is providing an initial
regulatory flexibility analysis with
respect to this proposed rule. The
Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601
et seq., (RFA), requires an agency to
consider whether the rules it proposes
will have a significant economic impact
on a substantial number of small
entities.55 In connection with a
55 Under regulations issued by the Small Business
Administration, a small entity includes a depository
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
18175
proposed rule, the RFA requires an
agency to prepare an Initial Regulatory
Flexibility Analysis describing the
impact of the rule on small entities or
to certify that the proposed rule would
not have a significant economic impact
on a substantial number of small
entities. An initial regulatory flexibility
analysis must contain (1) a description
of the reasons why action by the agency
is being considered; (2) a succinct
statement of the objectives of, and legal
basis for, the proposed rule; (3) a
description of, and, where feasible, an
estimate of the number of small entities
to which the proposed rule will apply;
(4) a description of the projected
reporting, recordkeeping, and other
compliance requirements of the
proposed rule, including an estimate of
the classes of small entities that will be
subject to the requirement and the type
of professional skills necessary for
preparation of the report or record; (5)
an identification, to the extent
practicable, of all relevant Federal rules
which may duplicate, overlap with, or
conflict with the proposed rule; and (6)
a description of any significant
alternatives to the proposed rule which
accomplish its stated objectives.
The Board has considered the
potential impact of the proposed rule on
small entities in accordance with the
RFA. Based on its analysis and for the
reasons stated below, the Board believes
that this proposed rule will not have a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities.
Nevertheless, the Board is publishing
and inviting comment on this initial
regulatory flexibility analysis. A final
regulatory flexibility analysis will be
conducted after comments received
during the public comment period have
been considered. The proposal would
also make corresponding changes to the
Board’s reporting forms.
As discussed in detail above, the
proposed rule would amend the capital
rule, capital plan rule, stress testing
rules, and the proposed Stress Testing
Policy Statement, that was previously
proposed on December 15, 2017. Under
the proposed rule, the Board would use
the results of the supervisory stress test
to establish the size of a firm’s stress
capital buffer requirement and stress
leverage buffer requirement. The stress
capital buffer requirement would
replace the static 2.5 percent of
standardized risk-weighted assets
institution, bank holding company, or savings and
loan holding company with total assets of $550
million or less and trust companies with total assets
of $38.5 million or less. As of December 31, 2017,
there were approximately 3,384 small bank holding
companies, 230 small savings and loan holding
companies, and 553 small state member banks.
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
18176
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
component of a firm’s capital
conservation buffer requirement in the
capital rule. As under the current
capital rule, a firm would be subject to
increasingly strict limitations on capital
distributions and bonus payments as the
firm’s capital ratios decline below the
firm’s buffer requirements. The proposal
would also make adjustments to the
assumptions used in the supervisory
stress test and would replace the capital
plan rule’s quantitative objection.
The Board has broad authority under
the International Lending Supervision
Act (ILSA) 56 and the PCA provisions of
the Federal Deposit Insurance Act 57 to
establish regulatory capital
requirements for the institutions it
regulates. For example, ILSA directs
each Federal banking agency to cause
banking institutions to achieve and
maintain adequate capital by
establishing minimum capital
requirements as well as by other means
that the agency deems appropriate.58
The PCA provisions of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Act direct each
Federal banking agency to specify, for
each relevant capital measure, the level
at which an IDI subsidiary is well
capitalized, adequately capitalized,
undercapitalized, and significantly
undercapitalized.59 In addition, the
Board has broad authority to establish
regulatory capital standards for bank
holding companies under the Bank
Holding Company Act and the DoddFrank Reform and Consumer Protection
Act (Dodd-Frank Act).60
The proposed rule would apply only
to bank holding companies with total
consolidated assets of $50 billion or
more, any nonbank financial company
supervised by the Board that becomes
subject to the capital planning
requirements pursuant to a rule or order
of the Board, and to U.S. intermediate
holding companies established pursuant
to the Board’s Regulation YY. Currently,
all nonbank financial companies
supervised by the Board are not subject
to the capital planning requirements
and all U.S. intermediate holding
companies established pursuant to
Regulation YY have greater than $1
billion in total assets. The proposed rule
would not apply to any small entities.
Further, the proposal would make
changes to the projected reporting,
recordkeeping, and other compliance
requirements of the rule by proposing to
collect information from firms subject to
56 12
U.S.C. 3901–3911.
U.S.C. 1831o.
U.S.C. 3907(a)(1).
59 12 U.S.C. 1831o(c)(2).
60 See, e.g., sections 165 and 171 of the DoddFrank Act (12 U.S.C. 5365 and 12 U.S.C. 5371).
Public Law 111–203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).
57 12
58 12
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
the capital plan rule relating to
adjustments to planned capital
distributions included in a firm’s capital
plan and information regarding a firm’s
capital conservation buffer requirements
(including the stress buffer
requirements) and any applicable
distribution limitations under the
capital rule. These changes would not
impact small entities. In addition, the
Board is aware of no other Federal rules
that duplicate, overlap, or conflict with
the proposed changes to the capital rule,
capital plan rule, and stress testing
rules. Therefore, the Board believes that
the proposed rule will not have a
significant economic impact on small
banking organizations supervised by the
Board and therefore believes that there
are no significant alternatives to the
proposed rule that would reduce the
economic impact on small banking
organizations supervised by the Board.
The Board welcomes comment on all
aspects of its analysis. In particular, the
Board requests that commenters
describe the nature of any impact on
small entities and provide empirical
data to illustrate and support the extent
of the impact.
C. Solicitation of Comments of Use of
Plain Language
Section 722 of the Gramm-LeachBliley Act (Pub. L. 106–102, 113 Stat.
1338, 1471, 12 U.S.C. 4809) requires the
Federal banking agencies to use plain
language in all proposed and final rules
published after January 1, 2000. The
Board has sought to present the
proposed rule in a simple and
straightforward manner, and invites
comment on the use of plain language.
For example:
• Have we organized the material to
suit your needs? If not, how could the
rule be more clearly stated?
• Are the requirements in the rule
clearly stated? If not, how could the rule
be more clearly stated?
• Do the regulations contain technical
language or jargon that is not clear? If
so, which language requires
clarification?
• Would a different format (grouping
and order of sections, use of headings,
paragraphing) make the regulation
easier to understand? If so, what
changes would make the regulation
easier to understand?
• Would more, but shorter, sections
be better? If so, which sections should
be changed?
• What else could we do to make the
regulation easier to understand?
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
List of Subjects
12 CFR Part 217
Administrative practice and
procedure, Banks, Banking, Holding
companies, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements, Securities.
12 CFR Part 225
Administrative practice and
procedure, Banks, Banking, Capital
planning, Holding companies, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements,
Securities, Stress testing.
12 CFR Part 252
Administrative practice and
procedure, Banks, Banking, Capital
planning, Federal Reserve System,
Holding companies, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements, Securities,
Stress testing.
Authority and Issuance
For the reasons stated in the
the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System proposes to amend 12 CFR
chapter II as follows:
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION,
PART 217—CAPITAL ADEQUACY OF
BANK HOLDING COMPANIES,
SAVINGS AND LOAN HOLDING
COMPANIES, AND STATE MEMBER
BANKS (REGULATION Q)
1. The authority citation for part 217
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 12 U.S.C. 248(a), 321–338a,
481–486, 1462a, 1467a, 1818, 1828, 1831n,
1831o, 1831p–1, 1831w, 1835, 1844(b), 1851,
3904, 3906–3909, 4808, 5365, 5368, 5371.
Subpart B—Capital Ratio
Requirements and Buffers
2. Section 217.11 is revised to read as
follows:
■
§ 217.11 Capital conservation buffer,
countercyclical capital buffer amount, and
GSIB surcharge.
(a) Capital conservation buffer—(1)
Composition of the capital conservation
buffer. The capital conservation buffer is
composed solely of common equity tier
1 capital.
(2) Definitions. For purposes of this
section, the following definitions apply:
(i) Eligible retained income. The
eligible retained income of a Boardregulated institution is the Boardregulated institution’s net income,
calculated in accordance with the
instructions to the Call Report or the FR
Y–9C, as applicable, for the four
calendar quarters preceding the current
calendar quarter net of any distributions
and associated tax effects not already
reflected in net income.
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
(ii) Maximum payout amount. A
Board-regulated institution’s maximum
payout amount for the current calendar
quarter is equal to the Board-regulated
institution’s eligible retained income,
multiplied by its maximum payout
ratio.
(iii) Maximum payout ratio. The
maximum payout ratio is the percentage
of eligible retained income that a Boardregulated institution can pay out in the
form of distributions and discretionary
bonus payments during the current
calendar quarter. For a Board-regulated
institution that is not subject to 12 CFR
225.8, the maximum payout ratio is
determined by the Board-regulated
institution’s capital conservation buffer,
calculated as of the last day of the
previous calendar quarter, as set forth in
Table 1 to this section. For a Boardregulated institution that is subject to 12
CFR 225.8, the maximum payout ratio is
determined under paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of
this section.
(iv) Private sector credit exposure.
Private sector credit exposure means an
exposure to a company or an individual
that is not an exposure to a sovereign,
the Bank for International Settlements,
the European Central Bank, the
European Commission, the International
Monetary Fund, a MDB, a PSE, or a
GSE.
(v) SLR buffer requirement. A bank
holding company’s SLR buffer
requirement is 2.0 percent.
(vi) Stress capital buffer requirement.
A bank holding company’s stress capital
buffer requirement is the stress capital
buffer requirement determined under 12
CFR 225.8.
(vii) Stress leverage buffer
requirement. A bank holding company’s
stress leverage buffer requirement is the
stress leverage buffer requirement
determined under 12 CFR 225.8.
(3) Calculation of capital conservation
buffer. (i) A Board-regulated institution
that is not subject to 12 CFR 225.8 has
a capital conservation buffer equal to
the lowest of the following ratios,
calculated as of the last day of the
previous calendar quarter:
(A) The Board-regulated institution’s
common equity tier 1 capital ratio
minus the Board-regulated institution’s
minimum common equity tier 1 capital
ratio requirement under § 217.10;
(B) The Board-regulated institution’s
tier 1 capital ratio minus the Boardregulated institution’s minimum tier 1
capital ratio requirement under
§ 217.10; and
(C) The Board-regulated institution’s
total capital ratio minus the Boardregulated institution’s minimum total
capital ratio requirement under
§ 217.10; or
(ii) Notwithstanding paragraphs
(a)(3)(i)(A) through (C) of this section, if
the Board-regulated institution’s
common equity tier 1, tier 1 or total
capital ratio is less than or equal to the
Board-regulated institution’s minimum
common equity tier 1, tier 1 or total
capital ratio requirement under
§ 217.10, respectively, the Boardregulated institution’s capital
conservation buffer is zero.
(4) Limits on distributions and
discretionary bonus payments—(i)
General limitation. A Board-regulated
institution that is not subject 12 CFR
225.8 shall not make distributions or
discretionary bonus payments or create
an obligation to make such distributions
or payments during the current calendar
18177
quarter that, in the aggregate, exceed its
maximum payout amount.
(ii) No limitations. A Board-regulated
institution that is not subject 12 CFR
225.8 and that has a capital
conservation buffer that is greater than
2.5 percent plus 100 percent of its
applicable countercyclical capital buffer
amount in accordance with paragraph
(b) of this section is not subject to a
maximum payout amount under
paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section.
(iii) Negative eligible retained income.
Except as provided in paragraph
(a)(4)(iv) of this section, a Boardregulated institution that is not subject
to 12 CFR 225.8 may not make
distributions or discretionary bonus
payments during the current calendar
quarter if the Board-regulated
institution’s:
(A) Eligible retained income is
negative; and
(B) Capital conservation buffer was
less than 2.5 percent as of the end of the
previous calendar quarter.
(iv) Prior approval. Notwithstanding
the limitations in paragraphs (a)(4)(i)
through (iii) of this section, the Board
may permit a Board-regulated
institution that is not subject to 12 CFR
225.8 to make a distribution or
discretionary bonus payment upon a
request of the Board-regulated
institution, if the Board determines that
the distribution or discretionary bonus
payment would not be contrary to the
purposes of this section, or to the safety
and soundness of the Board-regulated
institution. In making such a
determination, the Board will consider
the nature and extent of the request and
the particular circumstances giving rise
to the request.
TABLE 1 TO § 217.11—CALCULATION OF MAXIMUM PAYOUT AMOUNT
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Capital conservation buffer
Maximum payout ratio
Greater than 2.5 percent plus 100 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s applicable countercyclical capital
buffer amount.
Less than or equal to 2.5 percent plus 100 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s applicable countercyclical
capital buffer amount, and greater than 1.875 percent plus 75 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s applicable countercyclical capital buffer amount.
Less than or equal to 1.875 percent plus 75 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s applicable countercyclical
capital buffer amount, and greater than 1.25 percent plus 50 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s applicable countercyclical capital buffer amount.
Less than or equal to 1.25 percent plus 50 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s applicable countercyclical
capital buffer amount and greater than 0.625 percent plus 25 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s applicable countercyclical capital buffer amount.
Less than or equal to 0.625 percent plus 25 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s applicable countercyclical
capital buffer amount.
(v) Other limitations on distributions.
Additional limitations on distributions
may apply under 12 CFR 225.4 and
263.202 to a Board-regulated institution
that is not subject to 12 CFR 225.8.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
(b) Countercyclical capital buffer
amount—(1) General. An advanced
approaches Board-regulated institution
must calculate a countercyclical capital
buffer amount in accordance with this
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
No payout ratio limitation
applies.
60 percent.
40 percent.
20 percent.
0 percent.
paragraph (b) for purposes of
determining its maximum payout ratio
under Table 1 to this section and, if
applicable, Table 2 to this section.
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
18178
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
(i) Extension of capital conservation
buffer. The countercyclical capital
buffer amount is an extension of the
capital conservation buffer as described
in paragraph (a) or (c) of this section, as
applicable.
(ii) Amount. An advanced approaches
Board-regulated institution has a
countercyclical capital buffer amount
determined by calculating the weighted
average of the countercyclical capital
buffer amounts established for the
national jurisdictions where the Boardregulated institution’s private sector
credit exposures are located, as
specified in paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of
this section.
(iii) Weighting. The weight assigned to
a jurisdiction’s countercyclical capital
buffer amount is calculated by dividing
the total risk-weighted assets for the
Board-regulated institution’s private
sector credit exposures located in the
jurisdiction by the total risk-weighted
assets for all of the Board-regulated
institution’s private sector credit
exposures. The methodology a Boardregulated institution uses for
determining risk-weighted assets for
purposes of this paragraph (b) must be
the methodology that determines its
risk-based capital ratios under § 217.10.
Notwithstanding the previous sentence,
the risk-weighted asset amount for a
private sector credit exposure that is a
covered position under subpart F of this
part is its specific risk add-on as
determined under § 217.210 multiplied
by 12.5.
(iv) Location. (A) Except as provided
in paragraphs (b)(1)(iv)(B) and (C) of this
section, the location of a private sector
credit exposure is the national
jurisdiction where the borrower is
located (that is, where it is incorporated,
chartered, or similarly established or, if
the borrower is an individual, where the
borrower resides).
(B) If, in accordance with subpart D or
E of this part, the Board-regulated
institution has assigned to a private
sector credit exposure a risk weight
associated with a protection provider on
a guarantee or credit derivative, the
location of the exposure is the national
jurisdiction where the protection
provider is located.
(C) The location of a securitization
exposure is the location of the
underlying exposures, or, if the
underlying exposures are located in
more than one national jurisdiction, the
national jurisdiction where the
underlying exposures with the largest
aggregate unpaid principal balance are
located. For purposes of this paragraph
(b), the location of an underlying
exposure shall be the location of the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
borrower, determined consistent with
paragraph (b)(1)(iv)(A) of this section.
(2) Countercyclical capital buffer
amount for credit exposures in the
United States—(i) Initial countercyclical
capital buffer amount with respect to
credit exposures in the United States.
The initial countercyclical capital buffer
amount in the United States is zero.
(ii) Adjustment of the countercyclical
capital buffer amount. The Board will
adjust the countercyclical capital buffer
amount for credit exposures in the
United States in accordance with
applicable law.10
(iii) Range of countercyclical capital
buffer amount. The Board will adjust
the countercyclical capital buffer
amount for credit exposures in the
United States between zero percent and
2.5 percent of risk-weighted assets.
(iv) Adjustment determination. The
Board will base its decision to adjust the
countercyclical capital buffer amount
under this section on a range of
macroeconomic, financial, and
supervisory information indicating an
increase in systemic risk including, but
not limited to, the ratio of credit to gross
domestic product, a variety of asset
prices, other factors indicative of
relative credit and liquidity expansion
or contraction, funding spreads, credit
condition surveys, indices based on
credit default swap spreads, options
implied volatility, and measures of
systemic risk.
(v) Effective date of adjusted
countercyclical capital buffer amount—
(A) Increase adjustment. A
determination by the Board under
paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section to
increase the countercyclical capital
buffer amount will be effective 12
months from the date of announcement,
unless the Board establishes an earlier
effective date and includes a statement
articulating the reasons for the earlier
effective date.
(B) Decrease adjustment. A
determination by the Board to decrease
the established countercyclical capital
buffer amount under paragraph (b)(2)(ii)
of this section will be effective on the
day following announcement of the
final determination or the earliest date
permissible under applicable law or
regulation, whichever is later.
(vi) Twelve month sunset. The
countercyclical capital buffer amount
will return to zero percent 12 months
after the effective date that the adjusted
countercyclical capital buffer amount is
announced, unless the Board announces
a decision to maintain the adjusted
10 The Board expects that any adjustment will be
based on a determination made jointly by the
Board, OCC, and FDIC.
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
countercyclical capital buffer amount or
adjust it again before the expiration of
the 12-month period.
(3) Countercyclical capital buffer
amount for foreign jurisdictions. The
Board will adjust the countercyclical
capital buffer amount for private sector
credit exposures to reflect decisions
made by foreign jurisdictions consistent
with due process requirements
described in paragraph (b)(2) of this
section.
(c) Calculation of buffers for Boardregulated institutions subject to 12 CFR
225.8—(1) Limits on distributions and
discretionary bonus payments. (i) A
Board-regulated institution that is
subject to 12 CFR 225.8 shall not make
distributions or discretionary bonus
payments or create an obligation to
make such distributions or payments
during the current calendar quarter that,
in the aggregate, exceed its maximum
payout amount.
(ii) Maximum payout ratio. The
maximum payout ratio of a Boardregulated institution that is subject to 12
CFR 225.8 is the lowest of the following
ratios determined by its standardized
approach capital conservation buffer,
leverage buffer; if applicable, advanced
approaches capital conservation buffer;
and, if applicable, SLR buffer; as set
forth in Table 2 to this section.
(iii) Capital conservation buffer
requirements. A Board-regulated
institution that is subject to 12 CFR
225.8 has:
(A) A standardized approach capital
conservation buffer requirement equal
to its stress capital buffer requirement
plus its applicable countercyclical
capital buffer amount in accordance
with paragraph (b) of this section plus
its applicable GSIB surcharge in
accordance with paragraph (d) of this
section; and
(B) If the Board-regulated institution
calculates risk-weighted assets under
subpart E of this part, an advanced
approaches capital conservation buffer
requirement equal to 2.5 percent plus
the Board-regulated institution’s
countercyclical capital buffer amount in
accordance with paragraph (b) of this
section plus its applicable GSIB
surcharge in accordance with paragraph
(d) of this section.
(iv) No maximum payout amount
limitation. A Board-regulated institution
that is subject to 12 CFR 225.8 is not
subject to a maximum payout amount
under paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section
if it has:
(A) A standardized approach capital
conservation buffer, calculated under
paragraph (c)(2) of this section, that is
greater than its standardized approach
capital conservation buffer requirement
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
calculated under paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A)
of this section;
(B) If applicable, an advanced
approaches capital conservation buffer,
calculated under paragraph (c)(3) of this
section, that is greater than the Boardregulated institution’s advanced
approaches capital conservation buffer
requirement calculated under paragraph
(c)(1)(iii)(B) of this section; and
(C) A leverage buffer, calculated
under paragraph (c)(4) of this section,
that is greater than its stress leverage
buffer requirement calculated under
paragraph (a)(2)(vii) of this section; and
(D) If applicable, a SLR buffer,
calculated under paragraph (c)(5) of this
section, that is greater than its SLR
buffer requirement as calculated under
paragraph (a)(2)(v) of this section.
(v) Negative eligible retained income.
Except as provided in paragraph
(c)(1)(vi) of this section, a Boardregulated institution that is subject to 12
CFR 225.8 may not make distributions
or discretionary bonus payments during
the current calendar quarter if, as of the
end of the previous calendar quarter, the
Board-regulated institution’s:
(A) Eligible retained income is
negative; and
(B)(1) Standardized approach capital
conservation buffer was less than its
stress capital buffer requirement; or
(2) If applicable, advanced approaches
capital conservation buffer was less than
2.5 percent; or
(3) Leverage buffer was less than its
stress leverage buffer requirement; or
(4) If applicable, SLR buffer was less
than its SLR buffer requirement.
(vi) Prior approval. Notwithstanding
the limitations in paragraphs (c)(1)(i)
through (v) of this section, the Board
may permit a Board-regulated
institution that is subject to 12 CFR
225.8 to make a distribution or
discretionary bonus payment upon a
request of the Board-regulated
institution, if the Board determines that
the distribution or discretionary bonus
payment would not be contrary to the
purposes of this section, or to the safety
and soundness of the Board-regulated
institution. In making such a
determination, the Board will consider
the nature and extent of the request and
the particular circumstances giving rise
to the request.
(v) Other limitations on distributions.
Additional limitations on distributions
may apply under 12 CFR 225.4, 225.8,
252.63, 252.165, and 263.202 to a Boardregulated institution that is subject to 12
CFR 225.8.
(2) Standardized approach capital
conservation buffer. (i) The
standardized approach capital
conservation buffer for Board-regulated
institutions subject to 12 CFR 225.8 is
composed solely of common equity tier
1 capital.
(ii) A Board-regulated institution that
is subject to 12 CFR 225.8 has a
standardized approach capital
conservation buffer that is equal to the
lowest of the following ratios, calculated
as of the last day of the previous
calendar quarter:
(A) The ratio calculated by the Boardregulated institution under
§ 217.10(b)(1) or (c)(1)(i), as applicable,
minus the Board-regulated institution’s
minimum common equity tier 1 capital
ratio requirement under § 217.10(a);
(B) The ratio calculated by the Boardregulated institution under
§ 217.10(b)(2) or (c)(2)(i), as applicable,
minus the Board-regulated institution’s
minimum tier 1 capital ratio
requirement under § 217.10(a); and
(C) The ratio calculated by the Boardregulated institution under
§ 217.10(b)(3) or (c)(3)(i), as applicable,
minus the Board-regulated institution’s
minimum total capital ratio requirement
under § 217.10(a).
(iii) Notwithstanding paragraph
(c)(2)(ii) of this section, if any of the
ratios calculated by the Board-regulated
institution under § 217.10(b)(1), (2), or
(3), or if applicable § 217.10(c)(1)(i),
(c)(2)(i), or (c)(3)(i) is less than or equal
to the Board-regulated institution’s
minimum common equity tier 1 capital
ratio, tier 1 capital ratio, or total capital
ratio requirement under § 217.10(a),
respectively, the Board-regulated
institution’s capital conservation buffer
is zero.
(3) Advanced approaches capital
conservation buffer. (i) The advanced
approaches capital conservation buffer
is composed solely of common equity
tier 1 capital.
(ii) A Board-regulated institution that
calculates risk-weighted assets under
subpart E of this part has an advanced
approaches capital conservation buffer
that is equal to the lowest of the
following ratios, calculated as of the last
day of the previous calendar quarter:
18179
(A) The ratio calculated by the Boardregulated institution under
§ 217.10(c)(1)(ii) minus the Boardregulated institution’s minimum
common equity tier 1 capital ratio
requirement under § 217.10(a);
(B) The ratio calculated by the Boardregulated institution under
§ 217.10(c)(2)(ii) minus the Boardregulated institution’s minimum tier 1
capital ratio requirement under
§ 217.10(a); and
(C) The ratio calculated by the Boardregulated institution under
§ 217.10(c)(3)(ii) minus the Boardregulated institution’s minimum total
capital ratio requirement under
§ 217.10(a).
(iii) Notwithstanding paragraphs
(c)(3)(ii) of this section, if any of the
ratios calculated by the Board-regulated
institution under § 217.10(c)(1)(ii),
(c)(2)(ii), or (c)(3)(ii) is less than or equal
to the Board-regulated institution’s
minimum common equity tier 1 capital
ratio, tier 1 capital ratio, or total capital
ratio requirement under § 217.10(a),
respectively, the Board-regulated
institution’s advanced approaches
capital conservation buffer is zero.
(4) Leverage buffer. (i) The leverage
buffer is composed solely of tier 1
capital.
(ii) A Board-regulated institution has
a leverage buffer that is equal to the
Board-regulated institution’s leverage
ratio minus 4 percent, calculated as of
the last day of the previous calendar
quarter.
(iii) Notwithstanding paragraph
(c)(4)(ii) of this section, if the Boardregulated institution’s leverage ratio is
less than or equal to 4 percent, the
Board-regulated institution’s leverage
buffer is zero.
(5) SLR buffer. (i) The SLR buffer is
composed solely of tier 1 capital.
(ii) A global systemically important
BHC has a SLR buffer that is equal to the
global systemically important BHC’s
supplementary leverage ratio minus 3
percent, calculated as of the last day of
the previous calendar quarter.
(iii) Notwithstanding paragraph
(c)(5)(ii) of this section, if the global
systemically important BHC’s
supplementary leverage ratio is less
than or equal to 3 percent, the global
systemically important BHC’s SLR
buffer is zero.
TABLE 2 TO § 217.11—CALCULATION OF MAXIMUM PAYOUT RATIO
Capital buffer 1
Payout ratio
Greater than the Board-regulated institution’s buffer requirement 2 ..............................................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
No payout ratio limitation
applies.
18180
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 2 TO § 217.11—CALCULATION OF MAXIMUM PAYOUT RATIO—Continued
Capital buffer 1
Payout ratio
Less than or equal to 100 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s buffer requirement, and greater than 75 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s buffer requirement.
Less than or equal to 75 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s buffer requirement, and greater than 50 percent of the bank holding company’s buffer requirement.
Less than or equal to 50 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s buffer requirement, and greater than 25 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s buffer requirement.
Less than or equal to 25 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s buffer requirement ...........................................
60 percent.
40 percent.
20 percent.
0 percent.
1A
Board-regulated institution’s ‘‘capital buffer’’ means each of, as applicable, its standardized approach capital conservation buffer, leverage
buffer, advanced approaches capital conservation buffer, and SLR buffer.
2 A Board-regulated institution’s ‘‘buffer requirement’’ means each of, as applicable, its standardized approach capital conservation buffer requirement, stress leverage buffer requirement, advanced approaches capital conservation buffer requirement, and SLR buffer requirement.
(d) GSIB surcharge. A global
systemically important BHC must use
its GSIB surcharge calculated in
accordance with subpart H of this part
for purposes of determining its
maximum payout ratio under Table 2 to
this section.
Subpart G—Transition Provisions
3. In § 217.300, add paragraph (g) to
read as follows:
■
§ 217.300
Transitions.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) Implementation of stress capital
buffer requirement and stress leverage
buffer requirement. Notwithstanding
any other requirement in § 217.11,
unless and until a Board-regulated
institution subject to 12 CFR 225.8 has
received a stress capital buffer
requirement from the Board calculated
pursuant to 12 CFR 225.8, for purposes
of § 217.11 its stress capital buffer
requirement is equal to 2.5 percent; and,
unless a Board-regulated institution
subject to 12 CFR 225.8 has received a
stress leverage buffer requirement, for
purposes of § 217.11 its stress leverage
buffer requirement is zero.
PART 225—BANK HOLDING
COMPANIES AND CHANGE IN BANK
CONTROL (REGULATION Y)
4. The authority citation for part 225
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(13), 1818,
1828(o), 1831i, 1831p–1, 1843(c)(8), 1844(b),
1972(1), 3106, 3108, 3310, 3331–3351, 3906,
3907, and 3909; 15 U.S.C. 1681s, 1681w,
6801 and 6805.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Subpart A—General Provisions
5. Section 225.8 is revised to read as
follows:
■
§ 225.8 Capital planning and stress capital
and leverage buffer requirements.
(a) Purpose. This section establishes
capital planning and prior notice and
approval requirements for capital
distributions by certain bank holding
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
companies. This section also establishes
the Board’s process for determining the
stress buffer requirements for these bank
holding companies.
(b) Scope and reservation of
authority—(1) Applicability. Except as
provided in paragraph (c) of this
section, this section applies to:
(i) Any top-tier bank holding
company domiciled in the United States
with average total consolidated assets of
$50 billion or more ($50 billion asset
threshold);
(ii) Any other bank holding company
domiciled in the United States that is
made subject to this section, in whole or
in part, by order of the Board;
(iii) Any U.S. intermediate holding
company subject to this section
pursuant to 12 CFR 252.153; and
(iv) Any nonbank financial company
supervised by the Board that is made
subject to this section pursuant to a rule
or order of the Board.
(2) Average total consolidated assets.
For purposes of this section, average
total consolidated assets means the
average of the total consolidated assets
as reported by a bank holding company
on its Consolidated Financial
Statements for Bank Holding Companies
(FR Y–9C) for the four most recent
consecutive quarters. If the bank
holding company has not filed the FR
Y–9C for each of the four most recent
consecutive quarters, average total
consolidated assets means the average of
the company’s total consolidated assets,
as reported on the company’s FR Y–9C,
for the most recent quarter or
consecutive quarters, as applicable.
Average total consolidated assets are
measured on the as-of date of the most
recent FR Y–9C used in the calculation
of the average.
(3) Ongoing applicability. A bank
holding company (including any
successor bank holding company) that is
subject to any requirement in this
section shall remain subject to such
requirements unless and until its total
consolidated assets fall below $50
billion for each of four consecutive
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
quarters, as reported on the FR Y–9C
and effective on the as-of date of the
fourth consecutive FR Y–9C.
(4) Reservation of authority. Nothing
in this section shall limit the authority
of the Federal Reserve to issue a capital
directive or take any other supervisory
or enforcement action, including an
action to address unsafe or unsound
practices or conditions or violations of
law.
(5) Rule of construction. Unless the
context otherwise requires, any
reference to bank holding company in
this section shall include a U.S.
intermediate holding company and shall
include a nonbank financial company
supervised by the Board to the extent
this section is made applicable pursuant
to a rule or order of the Board.
(6) Application of this section by
order. The Board may apply this
section, in whole or in part, to a bank
holding company by order based on the
institution’s size, level of complexity,
risk profile, scope of operations, or
financial condition.
(c) Transitional arrangements—(1)
Transition periods for certain bank
holding companies. (i) A bank holding
company that meets the $50 billion
asset threshold (as measured under
paragraph (b) of this section) on or
before September 30 of a calendar year
must comply with the requirements of
this section beginning on January 1 of
the next calendar year, unless that time
is extended by the Board in writing.
(ii) A bank holding company that
meets the $50 billion asset threshold
after September 30 of a calendar year
must comply with the requirements of
this section beginning on January 1 of
the second calendar year after the bank
holding company meets the $50 billion
asset threshold, unless that time is
extended by the Board in writing.
(iii) The Board or the appropriate
Reserve Bank with the concurrence of
the Board, may require a bank holding
company described in paragraph
(c)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section to comply
with any or all of the requirements in
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
paragraph (e)(1), (e)(3), (g), or (k) of this
section if the Board or appropriate
Reserve Bank with concurrence of the
Board, determines that the requirement
is appropriate on a different date based
on the company’s risk profile, scope of
operation, or financial condition and
provides prior notice to the company of
the determination.
(2) Transition periods for subsidiaries
of certain foreign banking
organizations—(i) U.S. intermediate
holding companies. (A) A U.S.
intermediate holding company required
to be established or designated pursuant
to 12 CFR 252.153 on or before
September 30 of a calendar year must
comply with the requirements of this
section beginning on January 1 of the
next calendar year, unless that time is
extended by the Board in writing.
(B) A U.S. intermediate holding
company required to be established or
designated pursuant to 12 CFR 252.153
after September 30 of a calendar year
must comply with the requirements of
this section beginning on January 1 of
the second calendar year after the U.S.
intermediate holding company is
required to be established, unless that
time is extended by the Board in
writing.
(C) The Board or the appropriate
Reserve Bank with the concurrence of
the Board, may require a U.S.
intermediate holding company
described in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) or (B)
of this section to comply with any or all
of the requirements in paragraph (e)(1),
(e)(3), (g), or (k) of this section if the
Board or appropriate Reserve Bank with
concurrence of the Board, determines
that the requirement is appropriate on a
different date based on the company’s
risk profile, scope of operation, or
financial condition and provides prior
notice to the company of the
determination.
(ii) Bank holding company
subsidiaries of U.S. intermediate
holding companies required to be
established by July 1, 2016. (A)
Notwithstanding any other requirement
in this section, a bank holding company
that is a subsidiary of a U.S.
intermediate holding company (or, with
the mutual consent of the company and
Board, another bank holding company
domiciled in the United States) shall
remain subject to paragraph (e) of this
section until December 31, 2017, and
shall remain subject to the requirements
of paragraphs (g) and (k) of this section
until the Board issues an objection or
non-objection to the capital plan of the
relevant U.S. intermediate holding
company.
(B) After the time periods set forth in
paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(A) of this section,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
this section will cease to apply to a bank
holding company that is a subsidiary of
a U.S. intermediate holding company,
unless otherwise determined by the
Board in writing.
(d) Definitions. For purposes of this
section, the following definitions apply:
(1) Additional tier 1 capital has the
same meaning as under 12 CFR part
217.
(2) Advanced approaches means the
risk-weighted assets calculation
methodologies at 12 CFR part 217,
subpart E, as applicable.
(3) Average total nonbank assets
means the average of the total nonbank
assets, calculated in accordance with
the instructions to the FR Y–9LP, for the
four most recent consecutive quarters
or, if the bank holding company has not
filed the FR Y–9LP for each of the four
most recent consecutive quarters, for the
most recent quarter or consecutive
quarters, as applicable.
(4) BHC baseline scenario means a
scenario that reflects the bank holding
company’s reasonable expectation of the
economic and financial outlook,
including expectations related to the
bank holding company’s capital
adequacy and financial condition.
(5) BHC stress scenario means a
scenario designed by a bank holding
company that stresses the specific
vulnerabilities of the bank holding
company’s risk profile and operations,
including those related to the bank
holding company’s capital adequacy
and financial condition.
(6) Capital action means any issuance
of a debt or equity capital instrument,
any capital distribution, and any similar
action that the Federal Reserve
determines could impact a bank holding
company’s consolidated capital.
(7) Capital distribution means a
redemption or repurchase of any debt or
equity capital instrument, a payment of
common or preferred stock dividends, a
payment that may be temporarily or
permanently suspended by the issuer on
any instrument that is eligible for
inclusion in the numerator of any
minimum regulatory capital ratio, and
any similar transaction that the Federal
Reserve determines to be in substance a
distribution of capital.
(8) Capital plan means a written
presentation of a bank holding
company’s capital planning strategies
and capital adequacy process that
includes the mandatory elements set
forth in paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
(9) Capital plan cycle means the
period beginning on January 1 of a
calendar year and ending on December
31 of that year.
(10) Capital policy means a bank
holding company’s written principles
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
18181
and guidelines used for capital
planning, capital issuance, capital usage
and distributions, including internal
capital goals; the quantitative or
qualitative guidelines for capital
distributions; the strategies for
addressing potential capital shortfalls;
and the internal governance procedures
around capital policy principles and
guidelines.
(11) Common equity tier 1 capital has
the same meaning as under 12 CFR part
217.
(12) Effective capital distribution
limitations means any limitations on
capital distributions established by the
Board by order or regulation, including
pursuant to 12 CFR 217.11, 252.63,
252.165, and 263.202, provided that, for
any limitations based on risk-weighted
assets, such limitations must be
calculated using the standardized
approach, as set forth in 12 CFR part
217, subpart D.1
(13) Final planned capital
distributions means the planned capital
distributions included in a capital plan
that include the adjustments made
pursuant to paragraph (h) of this
section, if any.
(14) Global systemically important
BHC means a bank holding company
identified as a global systemically
important BHC under 12 CFR 217.402.
(15) GSIB surcharge has the same
meaning as under 12 CFR 217.403.
(16) Large and noncomplex bank
holding company means any bank
holding company subject to this section
that:
(i) Has, as of December 31 of the
calendar year prior to the capital plan
cycle:
(A) Average total consolidated assets
of less than $250 billion;
(B) Average total nonbank assets of
less than $75 billion; and
(ii) Is not a bank holding company
that is identified as a global systemically
important BHC pursuant to § 217.402.
(17) Net distributions means, for each
category of regulatory capital, the dollar
amount of the bank holding company’s
capital distributions, net of the dollar
amount of its capital issuances.
(18) Net final planned capital
distributions means the dollar amount
of net distributions relating to the bank
holding company’s final planned capital
distributions.
(19) Nonbank financial company
supervised by the Board means a
company that the Financial Stability
Oversight Council has determined
under section 113 of the Dodd-Frank
Wall Street Reform and Consumer
1 Effective capital distribution limitations should
not include planned discretionary bonus payments.
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
18182
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Protection Act (12 U.S.C. 5323) shall be
supervised by the Board and for which
such determination is still in effect.
(20) Planning horizon means the
period of at least nine consecutive
quarters, beginning with the quarter
preceding the quarter in which the bank
holding company submits its capital
plan, over which the relevant
projections extend.
(21) Regulatory capital ratio means a
capital ratio for which the Board has
established minimum requirements for
the bank holding company by regulation
or order, including, as applicable, the
bank holding company’s regulatory
capital ratios calculated under 12 CFR
part 217 and the deductions required
under 12 CFR 248.12; except that the
bank holding company shall not use the
advanced approaches to calculate its
regulatory capital ratios.
(22) Stress buffer requirement means
either the stress capital buffer
requirement or the stress leverage buffer
requirement.
(23) Stress capital buffer requirement
means the amount calculated under
paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
(24) Stress leverage buffer
requirement means the amount
calculated under paragraph (f)(3) of this
section.
(25) Tier 1 capital has the same
meaning as under 12 CFR part 217.
(26) Tier 2 capital has the same
meaning as under 12 CFR part 217.
(27) U.S. intermediate holding
company means the top-tier U.S.
company that is required to be
established pursuant to 12 CFR 252.153.
(e) Capital planning requirements and
procedures—(1) Annual capital
planning. (i) A bank holding company
must develop and maintain a capital
plan.
(ii) A bank holding company must
submit its complete capital plan to the
Board and the appropriate Reserve Bank
by April 5 of each calendar year, or such
later date as directed by the Board or by
the appropriate Reserve Bank with
concurrence of the Board.
(iii) The bank holding company’s
board of directors or a designated
committee thereof must at least
annually and prior to submission of the
capital plan under paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of
this section:
(A) Review the robustness of the bank
holding company’s process for assessing
capital adequacy;
(B) Ensure that any deficiencies in the
bank holding company’s process for
assessing capital adequacy are
appropriately remedied; and
(C) Approve the bank holding
company’s capital plan.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
(2) Mandatory elements of capital
plan. A capital plan must contain at
least the following elements:
(i) An assessment of the expected uses
and sources of capital over the planning
horizon that reflects the bank holding
company’s size, complexity, risk profile,
and scope of operations, assuming both
expected and stressful conditions,
including:
(A) Estimates of projected revenues,
losses, reserves, and pro forma capital
levels, including regulatory capital
ratios, and any additional capital
measures deemed relevant by the bank
holding company, over the planning
horizon under a range of scenarios,
including any scenarios provided by the
Federal Reserve, the BHC baseline
scenario, and at least one BHC stress
scenario;
(B) A discussion of the results of any
stress test required by law or regulation,
and an explanation of how the capital
plan takes these results into account;
and
(C) A description of all planned
capital actions over the planning
horizon that are consistent with
effective capital distribution limitations
and as may be adjusted pursuant to
paragraph (h) of this section. In
determining whether a bank holding
company’s planned capital distributions
are consistent with effective capital
distribution limitations, a bank holding
company must assume:
(1) That any countercyclical capital
buffer amount currently applicable to
the bank holding company remains at
the same level, except that the bank
holding company must reflect any
increases or decreases in the
countercyclical capital buffer amount
that have been announced by the Board
at the times indicated by the Board’s
announcement for when such increases
or decreases take effect; and
(2) That any GSIB surcharge currently
applicable to the bank holding company
when the capital plan is submitted
remains at the same level, except that
the bank holding company must reflect
any increase in its GSIB surcharge
pursuant to 12 CFR 217.403(d)(1),
beginning in the fifth quarter of the
planning horizon.
(ii) A detailed description of the bank
holding company’s process for assessing
capital adequacy, including:
(A) A discussion of how the bank
holding company will, under expected
and stressful conditions, maintain
capital commensurate with its risks,
maintain capital above the regulatory
capital ratios, and serve as a source of
strength to its subsidiary depository
institutions;
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(B) A discussion of how the bank
holding company will, under expected
and stressful conditions, maintain
sufficient capital to continue its
operations by maintaining ready access
to funding, meeting its obligations to
creditors and other counterparties, and
continuing to serve as a credit
intermediary;
(iii) The bank holding company’s
capital policy; and
(iv) A discussion of any expected
changes to the bank holding company’s
business plan that are likely to have a
material impact on the bank holding
company’s capital adequacy or
liquidity.
(3) Data collection. Upon the request
of the Board or appropriate Reserve
Bank, the bank holding company shall
provide the Federal Reserve with
information regarding:
(i) The bank holding company’s
financial condition, including its
capital;
(ii) The bank holding company’s
structure;
(iii) Amount and risk characteristics
of the bank holding company’s on- and
off-balance sheet exposures, including
exposures within the bank holding
company’s trading account, other
trading-related exposures (such as
counterparty-credit risk exposures) or
other items sensitive to changes in
market factors, including, as
appropriate, information about the
sensitivity of positions to changes in
market rates and prices;
(iv) The bank holding company’s
relevant policies and procedures,
including risk management policies and
procedures;
(v) The bank holding company’s
liquidity profile and management;
(vi) The loss, revenue, and expense
estimation models used by the bank
holding company for stress scenario
analysis, including supporting
documentation regarding each model’s
development and validation; and
(vii) Any other relevant qualitative or
quantitative information requested by
the Board or by the appropriate Reserve
Bank to facilitate review of the bank
holding company’s capital plan under
this section.
(4) Re-submission of a capital plan. (i)
A bank holding company must update
and re-submit its capital plan to the
appropriate Reserve Bank within 30
calendar days of the occurrence of one
of the following events:
(A) The bank holding company
determines there has been or will be a
material change in the bank holding
company’s risk profile, financial
condition, or corporate structure since
the bank holding company last
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
submitted the capital plan to the Board
and the appropriate Reserve Bank under
this section; or
(B) The Board or the appropriate
Reserve Bank with concurrence of the
Board, directs the bank holding
company in writing to revise and
resubmit its capital plan for any of the
following reasons:
(1) The capital plan is incomplete or
the capital plan, or the bank holding
company’s internal capital adequacy
process, contains material weaknesses;
(2) There has been, or will likely be,
a material change in the bank holding
company’s risk profile (including a
material change in its business strategy
or any risk exposure), financial
condition, or corporate structure;
(3) The BHC stress scenario(s) are not
appropriate for the bank holding
company’s business model and
portfolios, or changes in financial
markets or the macro-economic outlook
that could have a material impact on a
bank holding company’s risk profile and
financial condition require the use of
updated scenarios; or
(4) For a bank holding company
subject to paragraph (i) of this section,
the capital plan or the condition of the
bank holding company raise any of the
issues described in paragraph (i)(2) of
this section.
(ii) A bank holding company may
resubmit its capital plan to the Federal
Reserve if the Board or the appropriate
Reserve Bank objects to the capital plan.
(iii) The Board or the appropriate
Reserve Bank with concurrence of the
Board, may extend the 30-day period in
paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this section for up
to an additional 60 calendar days, or
such longer period as the Board or the
appropriate Reserve Bank, with
concurrence of the Board, determines
appropriate.
(iv) Any updated capital plan must
satisfy all the requirements of this
section; however, a bank holding
company may continue to rely on
information submitted as part of a
previously submitted capital plan to the
extent that the information remains
accurate and appropriate.
(5) Confidential treatment of
information submitted. The
confidentiality of information submitted
to the Board under this section and
related materials shall be determined in
accordance with applicable exemptions
under the Freedom of Information Act
(5 U.S.C. 552(b)) and the Board’s Rules
Regarding Availability of Information
(12 CFR part 261).
(f) Calculation methodologies and
supervisory practices—(1) General. The
Board will determine the stress buffer
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
requirements that apply under 12 CFR
217.11 pursuant to this paragraph (f).
(2) Stress capital buffer requirement
calculation. A bank holding company’s
stress capital buffer requirement is equal
to the greater of:
(i)(A) The ratio of a bank holding
company’s common equity tier 1 riskbased capital to risk-weighted assets, as
calculated under 12 CFR part 217,
subpart D, as of the final quarter of the
previous capital plan cycle, unless
otherwise determined by the Board;
minus
(B) The lowest projected ratio of the
bank holding company’s common
equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted
assets in any quarter of the planning
horizon under the supervisory stress test
described in paragraph (f)(4) of this
section; plus
(C) The sum of the ratios of the bank
holding company’s planned common
stock dividends (expressed as a dollar
amount) to projected risk-weighted
assets for each of the fourth through
seventh quarters of the planning
horizon; or
(ii) 2.5 percent.
(3) Stress leverage buffer requirement
calculation. A bank holding company’s
stress leverage buffer requirement is
equal to:
(i) The ratio of a bank holding
company’s tier 1 capital to average total
consolidated assets, as calculated under
12 CFR part 217, subpart D, as of the
final quarter of the previous capital plan
cycle, unless otherwise determined by
the Board; minus
(ii) The lowest projected leverage ratio
for the bank holding company in any
quarter during the planning horizon
under the supervisory stress test
described in paragraph (f)(4) of this
section; plus
(iii) The sum of the ratios of the bank
holding company’s planned common
stock dividends (expressed as a dollar
amount) to the difference between
projected total consolidated assets and
amounts projected to be deducted from
tier 1 capital under 12 CFR 217.22(a),
(c), and (d) for each of the fourth
through seventh quarters of the
planning horizon.
(4) Supervisory stress test. The
supervisory stress test is the stress test
conducted by the Board pursuant to 12
CFR part 252, subpart E, under the
severely adverse scenario using the
assumptions regarding a bank holding
company’s capital actions over the
planning horizon that are set forth in
that section. For a capital plan
resubmitted pursuant to paragraph (e)(4)
of this section, the Board may conduct
the supervisory stress test using an
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
18183
updated version of the severely adverse
scenario.
(g) Review of capital plans by the
Federal Reserve. The Board, or the
appropriate Reserve Bank with
concurrence of the Board, will consider
the following factors in reviewing a
bank holding company’s capital plan:
(1) The comprehensiveness of the
capital plan, including the extent to
which the analysis underlying the
capital plan captures and addresses
potential risks stemming from activities
across the bank holding company and
the bank holding company’s capital
policy;
(2) The reasonableness of the bank
holding company’s capital plan, the
assumptions and analysis underlying
the capital plan, and the robustness of
its capital adequacy process;
(3) Relevant supervisory information
about the bank holding company and its
subsidiaries;
(4) The bank holding company’s
regulatory and financial reports, as well
as supporting data that would allow for
an analysis of the bank holding
company’s loss, revenue, and reserve
projections;
(5) The results of any stress tests
conducted by the bank holding
company or the Federal Reserve; and
(6) Other information requested or
required by the Board or the appropriate
Reserve Bank, as well as any other
information relevant, or related, to the
bank holding company’s capital
adequacy.
(h) Federal Reserve notice of stress
buffer requirements; final planned
capital distributions—(1) Timing of
notice. The Board will provide a bank
holding company with notice of its
stress buffer requirements by June 30 of
the calendar year in which the capital
plan was submitted pursuant to
paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section,
unless otherwise determined by the
Board. The notice will include an
explanation of the results of the
supervisory stress test described in
paragraph (f)(4) of this section.
(2) Response to notice; request for
reconsideration of stress capital buffer
requirement or stress leverage buffer
requirement. A bank holding company
may request reconsideration of the
stress buffer requirements provided
under paragraph (h)(1) of this section.
To request reconsideration of its stress
buffer requirements, a bank holding
company must submit to the Board a
written request pursuant to paragraph (j)
of this section.
(3) Response to notice; adjustments to
planned capital distributions. Within
two business days of receipt of notice of
its stress buffer requirements under
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
18184
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
paragraph (h)(1) or (j)(5) of this section,
as applicable, a bank holding company
must:
(i) Determine whether the capital
distributions for the fourth through
seventh quarters of the planning horizon
under the BHC baseline scenario
included in the capital plan submitted
pursuant to paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this
section would be consistent with
effective capital distribution limitations,
assuming the stress buffer requirements
provided by the Board under paragraph
(h)(1) or (j)(5) of this section, as
applicable; and
(ii) If the capital distributions for the
fourth through seventh quarters of the
planning horizon under the BHC
baseline scenario included in the capital
plan submitted pursuant to paragraph
(e)(1)(ii) of this section would not be
consistent with effective capital
distribution limitations assuming the
stress buffer requirements, the bank
holding company must determine how
it would reduce its planned capital
distributions such that those planned
capital distributions would be
consistent with effective capital
distribution limitations assuming the
stress buffer requirements, and must
notify the Board of these reductions; or
(iii) If the capital distributions for the
fourth through seventh quarters of the
planning horizon under the BHC
baseline scenario included in the capital
plan submitted pursuant to paragraph
(e)(1)(ii) of this section would be
consistent with effective capital
distribution limitations assuming the
stress buffer requirements, the bank
holding company may determine to
adjust its planned capital distributions,
provided that the adjusted planned
capital distributions do not exceed the
amount included in the capital plan
submitted pursuant to paragraph
(e)(1)(ii) of this section, and, if any
adjustments are made, must notify the
Board of these adjustments.
(4) Response to notice; final planned
capital distributions. (i) If a bank
holding company does not request
reconsideration under paragraph (j) of
this section, the Board will consider the
planned capital distributions, including
any adjustments made pursuant to
paragraph (h)(3) of this section, to be the
bank holding company’s final planned
capital distributions on the expiration of
the time for requesting reconsideration
under paragraph (j) of this section.
(ii) If a bank holding company
requests reconsideration under
paragraph (j) of this section, the bank
holding company must provide the
Board with its final planned capital
distributions, including any adjustments
made pursuant to paragraph (h)(3) of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
this section, within 2 business days of
receipt of notice of the Board’s response
under paragraph (j)(5) of this section.
(5) Final stress capital buffer
requirement and stress leverage buffer
requirement; effective date. (i) The
Board will provide a bank holding
company with its stress buffer
requirements and confirmation of the
bank holding company’s final planned
capital distributions by August 31 of the
calendar year that a capital plan was
submitted, unless otherwise determined
by the Board. No stress buffer
requirements shall be considered final
so as to be agency action subject to
judicial review under 5 U.S.C. 704
during the pendency of a request for
reconsideration, pursuant to paragraph
(j) of this section, or before the time for
requesting reconsideration has expired.
(ii) A bank holding company’s final
planned capital distributions and stress
buffer requirements shall:
(A) Unless otherwise determined by
the Board, be effective on October 1 of
the calendar year in which a capital
plan was submitted pursuant to
paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section; and
(B) Remain in effect until superseded,
unless otherwise determined by the
Board.
(6) Publication. With respect to any
bank holding company subject to this
section, the Board may disclose publicly
any or all of the following items:
(i) The stress buffer requirements
provided to a bank holding company
under paragraph (h)(1) of this section
that includes the adjustments made
under paragraph (h)(3) also of this
section, if any;
(ii) A summary of the results of the
supervisory stress test described in
paragraph (f)(4) of this section; and
(iii) A bank holding company’s
request for reconsideration under
paragraph (j) of this section, and the
Board’s response to any such request for
reconsideration or a summary thereof.
(i) Federal Reserve action on a capital
plan for bank holding companies that
are not large and noncomplex bank
holding companies—(1) Timing of
action. The Board or the appropriate
Reserve Bank with concurrence of the
Board, will object, in whole or in part,
to the capital plan of a bank holding
company that is not a large and
noncomplex bank holding company or
provide the bank holding company with
a notice of non-objection to its capital
plan:
(i) Unless otherwise determined by
the Board, by June 30 of the calendar
year in which a capital plan was
submitted pursuant to paragraph
(e)(1)(ii) of this section; and
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(ii) For a capital plan resubmitted
pursuant to paragraph (e)(4) of this
section, within 75 calendar days after
the date on which a capital plan is
resubmitted, unless the Board provides
notice to the bank holding company that
it is extending the time period.
(2) Basis for objection to a capital
plan. The Board may object to a capital
plan submitted by a bank holding
company that is not a large and
noncomplex bank holding company if
the Board determines that:
(i) The bank holding company has
material unresolved supervisory issues,
including but not limited to issues
associated with its capital adequacy
process;
(ii) The assumptions and analysis
underlying the bank holding company’s
capital plan, or the bank holding
company’s methodologies and practices
that support its capital planning
process, are not reasonable or
appropriate; or
(iii) The bank holding company’s
capital planning process or proposed
capital distributions otherwise
constitute an unsafe or unsound
practice, or would violate any law,
regulation, Board order, directive, or
condition imposed by, or written
agreement with, the Board or the
appropriate Reserve Bank. In
determining whether a capital plan or
any proposed capital distribution would
constitute an unsafe or unsound
practice, the Board or the appropriate
Reserve Bank would consider whether
the bank holding company is and would
remain in sound financial condition
after giving effect to the capital plan and
all proposed capital distributions.
(3) Notification of decision. The Board
or the appropriate Reserve Bank will
notify the bank holding company in
writing of the reasons for a decision to
object to a capital plan.
(4) General distribution limitation. If
the Board or the appropriate Reserve
Bank objects to a capital plan and until
such time as the Board or the
appropriate Reserve Bank with
concurrence of the Board, issues a nonobjection to the bank holding company’s
capital plan, the bank holding company
may not make any capital distribution,
other than capital distributions arising
from the issuance of a capital
instrument eligible for inclusion in the
numerator of a regulatory capital ratio or
capital distributions with respect to
which the Board or the appropriate
Reserve Bank has indicated in writing
its non-objection.
(5) Publication of summary results.
The Board may disclose publicly its
decision to object or not object to a bank
holding company’s capital plan under
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
this section, along with a summary of
the results of the supervisory stress test
described in paragraph (f)(4) of this
section for that company. Any
disclosure under this paragraph (i)(5)
will occur by June 30 of the calendar
year in which a capital plan was
submitted pursuant to paragraph
(e)(1)(ii) of this section, unless
otherwise determined by the Board.
(j) Administrative Remedies; request
for reconsideration. The following
requirements and procedures apply to
any request under this paragraph (j):
(1) General. To request
reconsideration of an objection to a
capital plan, provided under paragraph
(i) of this section, or of a stress buffer
requirement, provided under paragraph
(h) of this section, a bank holding
company must submit a written request
for reconsideration.
(2) Timing of request. (i) A request for
reconsideration of an objection to a
capital plan, provided under paragraph
(i) of this section, must be received
within 15 calendar days of receipt of a
notice of objection to a capital plan.
(ii) A request for reconsideration of a
stress buffer requirement, provided
under paragraph (h) of this section,
must be received within 15 calendar
days of receipt of a notice of bank
holding company’s stress buffer
requirement.
(3) Contents of request. (i) A request
for reconsideration must include a
detailed explanation of why
reconsideration should be granted. With
respect to any information that was not
previously provided to the Federal
Reserve in the bank holding company’s
capital plan, the request should include
an explanation of why the information
should be considered.
(ii) A request for reconsideration may
include a request for an informal
hearing on the bank holding company’s
request for reconsideration.
(4) Hearing. (i) The Board may, in its
sole discretion, order an informal
hearing if the Board finds that a hearing
is appropriate or necessary to resolve
disputes regarding material issues of
fact.
(ii) An informal hearing shall be held
within 30 calendar days of a request, if
granted, provided that the Board may
extend this period upon notice to the
requesting party.
(5) Response to request. (i) Within 30
calendar days of receipt of the bank
holding company’s request for
reconsideration of an objection to a
capital plan submitted under paragraph
(j) of this section or within 30 days of
the conclusion of an informal hearing
conducted under paragraph (j)(4) of this
section, the Board will notify the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
company of its decision to affirm or
withdraw the objection to the bank
holding company’s capital plan, or a
specific capital distribution, provided
that the Board may extend this period
upon notice to the bank holding
company.
(ii) Within 30 calendar days of receipt
of the bank holding company’s request
for reconsideration of its stress buffer
requirement submitted under paragraph
(j) of this section or within 30 days of
the conclusion of an informal hearing
conducted under paragraph (j)(4) of this
section, the Board will notify the
company of its decision to affirm or
modify, as applicable, the bank holding
company’s stress buffer requirement,
provided that the Board may extend this
period upon notice to the bank holding
company.
(6) Distributions during the pendency
of a request for reconsideration. During
the pendency of the Board’s final
decision under paragraph (j)(5) of this
section, the bank holding company may
make the capital distributions to which
the Board or the appropriate Reserve
Bank indicated its non-objection, except
that, if the Board or the appropriate
Reserve Bank has not yet indicated its
non-objection for a quarter during
which a decision under paragraph (j)(5)
of this section is pending, the bank
holding company is authorized to make
capital distributions that do not to
exceed the four-quarter average of
capital distributions to which the Board
or the appropriate Reserve Bank
indicated its non-objection for the
previous capital plan cycle, unless
otherwise determined by the Board.
(k) Approval requirements for certain
capital actions—(1) Circumstances
requiring approval. A bank holding
company may not make a capital
distribution (excluding any capital
distribution arising from the issuance of
a capital instrument eligible for
inclusion in the numerator of a
regulatory capital ratio) under the
following circumstances, unless it
receives prior approval from the Board
or appropriate Reserve Bank pursuant to
paragraph (k)(5) of this section:
(i) After giving effect to the capital
distribution, the bank holding company
would not meet a minimum regulatory
capital ratio;
(ii) The Board or the appropriate
Reserve Bank with concurrence of the
Board, notifies the company in writing
that the Federal Reserve has determined
that the capital distribution would
result in a material adverse change to
the company’s capital or liquidity
structure or that the company’s earnings
were materially underperforming
projections;
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
18185
(iii) Except as provided in paragraph
(k)(2) of this section, the dollar amount
of the capital distribution will exceed
the dollar amount of the bank holding
company’s final planned capital
distributions, as measured on an
aggregate basis beginning in the fourth
quarter of the planning horizon through
the quarter at issue; or
(iv) The capital distribution would
occur after the occurrence of an event
requiring resubmission under paragraph
(e)(4)(i)(A) or (B) of this section and
before the Federal Reserve has
responded or acted under paragraphs (h)
and (i) of this section, as applicable.
(2) Exception for well capitalized
bank holding companies. (i) A bank
holding company may make a capital
distribution for which the dollar amount
exceeds the dollar amount of the bank
holding company’s final planned capital
distributions if the following conditions
are satisfied:
(A) The bank holding company is, and
after the capital distribution would
remain, well capitalized as defined in
§ 225.2(r);
(B) The bank holding company’s
performance and capital levels are, and
after the capital distribution would
remain, consistent with its projections
under the BHC baseline scenario;
(C) The annual aggregate dollar
amount of all capital distributions in the
period beginning on July 1 of a calendar
year and ending on June 30 of the
following calendar year would not
exceed the total dollar amounts of the
bank holding company’s final planned
capital distributions by more than 0.25
percent multiplied by the bank holding
company’s tier 1 capital, as reported to
the Federal Reserve on the bank holding
company’s most recent first-quarter FR
Y–9C;
(D) Between July 1 of a calendar year
and March 15 of the following calendar
year, the bank holding company
provides the appropriate Reserve Bank
with notice 15 calendar days prior to a
capital distribution that includes the
elements described in paragraph (k)(4)
of this section; and
(E) The Board or the appropriate
Reserve Bank with concurrence of the
Board, does not object to the transaction
proposed in the notice. In determining
whether to object to the proposed
transaction, the Board or the appropriate
Reserve Bank shall apply the criteria
described in paragraph (k)(5)(ii) of this
section.
(ii) The exception in this paragraph
(k)(2) shall not apply if the Board or the
appropriate Reserve Bank notifies the
bank holding company in writing that it
is ineligible for this exception.
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
18186
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
(3) Net distribution limitation—(i)
General. Notwithstanding a bank
holding company’s final planned capital
distributions, the bank holding
company must reduce its capital
distributions in accordance with
paragraph (k)(3)(ii) of this section if the
bank holding company raises a smaller
dollar amount of capital of a given
category of regulatory capital
instruments than it had included in its
capital plan, as measured on an
aggregate basis beginning in the fourth
quarter of the planning horizon through
the end of the current quarter.
(ii) Reduction of distributions—(A)
Common equity tier 1 capital. If the
bank holding company raises a smaller
dollar amount of common equity tier 1
capital, the bank holding company must
reduce its final planned capital
distributions relating to common equity
tier 1 capital such that net distributions
relating to common equity tier 1 capital
are no greater than net final planned
capital distributions of common equity
tier 1 capital, as measured on an
aggregate basis beginning in the fourth
quarter of the planning horizon through
the end of the current quarter.
(B) Additional tier 1 capital. If the
bank holding company raises a smaller
dollar amount of additional tier 1
capital, the bank holding company must
reduce its final planned capital
distributions relating to additional tier 1
capital (other than scheduled payments
on additional tier 1 capital instruments)
such that the dollar amount of the bank
holding company’s net distributions
relating to additional tier 1 capital is no
greater than the dollar amount of its net
final planned capital distributions
relating to additional tier 1 capital, as
measured on an aggregate basis
beginning in the fourth quarter of the
planning horizon through the end of the
current quarter.
(C) Tier 2 capital. If the bank holding
company raises a smaller dollar amount
of tier 2 capital, the bank holding
company must reduce its final planned
capital distributions relating to tier 2
capital (other than scheduled payments
on tier 2 capital instruments) such that
the dollar amount of the bank holding
company’s net distributions relating to
tier 2 capital is no greater than the
dollar amount of its net final planned
capital distributions relating to tier 2
capital, as measured on an aggregate
basis beginning in the fourth quarter of
the planning horizon through the end of
the current quarter.
(iii) Exceptions. Paragraphs (k)(3)(i)
and (ii) of this section shall not apply:
(A) To the extent that the Board or
appropriate Reserve Bank indicates in
writing its approval pursuant to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
paragraph (k)(5) of this section,
following a request for prior approval
from the bank holding company that
includes all of the information required
to be submitted under paragraph (k)(4)
of this section;
(B) To capital distributions arising
from the issuance of a capital
instrument eligible for inclusion in the
numerator of a regulatory capital ratio
that the bank holding company had not
included in its capital plan;
(C) To the extent that the bank
holding company raised a smaller dollar
amount of capital in the category of
regulatory capital instruments described
in paragraph (k)(3)(i) of this section due
to employee-directed capital issuances
related to an employee stock ownership
plan;
(D) To the extent that the bank
holding company raised a smaller dollar
amount of capital in the category of
regulatory capital instruments described
in paragraph (k)(3)(i) of this section due
to a planned merger or acquisition that
is no longer expected to be
consummated or for which the
consideration paid is lower than the
projected price in the capital plan; or
(E) To the extent that the dollar
amount by which the bank holding
company’s net distributions exceed the
dollar amount of its net final planned
capital distributions in the category of
regulatory capital instruments described
in paragraph (k)(3)(i) of this section, as
measured on an aggregate basis
beginning in the fourth quarter of the
planning horizon through the end of the
current quarter, is less than 0.25 percent
of the bank holding company’s tier 1
capital, as reported to the Federal
Reserve on the bank holding company’s
most recent first-quarter FR Y–9C;
between July 1 of a calendar year and
March 15 of the following calendar year,
the bank holding company provides the
appropriate Reserve Bank with notice 15
calendar days prior to any capital
distribution in that category of
regulatory capital instruments that
includes the elements described in
paragraph (k)(4) of this section; and the
Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank
with concurrence of the Board, does not
object to the transaction proposed in the
notice. In determining whether to object
to the proposed transaction, the Board
or the appropriate Reserve Bank shall
apply the criteria described in
paragraph (k)(5)(ii) of this section.
(iv) Exclusion from exceptions. The
exceptions in paragraph (k)(3)(iii) of this
section shall not apply if the Board or
the appropriate Reserve Bank notifies
the bank holding company in writing
that it is ineligible for this exception.
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(4) Contents of request. (i) A request
for a capital distribution under this
section shall be filed between July 1 of
a calendar year and March 1 of the
following calendar year with the
appropriate Reserve Bank and the Board
and shall contain the following
information:
(A) The bank holding company’s
current capital plan or an attestation
that there have been no changes to the
capital plan since it was last submitted
to the Federal Reserve;
(B) The purpose of the transaction;
(C) A description of the capital
distribution, including for redemptions
or repurchases of securities, the gross
consideration to be paid and the terms
and sources of funding for the
transaction, and for dividends, the
amount of the dividend(s); and
(D) Any additional information
requested by the Board or the
appropriate Reserve Bank (which may
include, among other things, an
assessment of the bank holding
company’s capital adequacy under a
revised stress scenario provided by the
Federal Reserve, a revised capital plan,
and supporting data).
(ii) Any request submitted with
respect to a capital distribution
described in paragraph (k)(1)(i) of this
section shall also include a plan for
restoring the bank holding company’s
capital to an amount above a minimum
level within 30 calendar days and a
rationale for why the capital
distribution would be appropriate.
(5) Approval of certain capital
distributions. (i) The Board or the
appropriate Reserve Bank with
concurrence of the Board, will act on a
request under this paragraph (k)(5)
within 30 calendar days after the receipt
of all the information required under
paragraph (k)(4) of this section.
(ii) In acting on a request under this
paragraph (k)(5), the Board or
appropriate Reserve Bank will apply the
considerations and principles in
paragraphs (g) and (i) of this section, as
appropriate. In addition, the Board or
the appropriate Reserve Bank may
disapprove the transaction if the bank
holding company does not provide all of
the information required to be
submitted under paragraph (k)(4) of this
section.
(6) Disapproval and hearing. (i) The
Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank
will notify the bank holding company in
writing of the reasons for a decision to
disapprove any proposed capital
distribution. Within 15 calendar days
after receipt of a disapproval by the
Board, the bank holding company may
submit a written request for a hearing.
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
(A) The Board may, in its sole
discretion, order an informal hearing if
the Board finds that a hearing is
appropriate or necessary to resolve
disputes regarding material issues of
fact.
(B) An informal hearing shall be held
within 30 calendar days of a request, if
granted, provided that the Board may
extend this period upon notice to the
requesting party.
(C) Written notice of the final decision
of the Board shall be given to the bank
holding company within 60 calendar
days of the conclusion of any informal
hearing ordered by the Board, provided
that the Board may extend this period
upon notice to the requesting party.
(D) While the Board’s final decision is
pending and until such time as the
Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank
with concurrence of the Board, approves
the capital distribution at issue, the
bank holding company may not make
such capital distribution.
(ii) [Reserved]
(l) Transition for certain planned
capital actions. For the period July 1 to
September 30, 2019, a bank holding
company is authorized to make capital
distributions that do not exceed the
four-quarter average of capital
distributions to which the Board or the
appropriate Reserve Bank indicated its
non-objection for the previous capital
plan cycle, unless otherwise determined
by the Board.
PART 252—ENHANCED PRUDENTIAL
STANDARDS (REGULATION YY)
6. The authority citation for part 252
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 12 U.S.C. 321–338a, 481–486,
1467a, 1818, 1828, 1831n, 1831o, 1831p–l,
1831w, 1835, 1844(b), 1844(c), 3101 et seq.,
3101 note, 3904, 3906–3909, 4808, 5361,
5362, 5365, 5366, 5367, 5368, 5371.
Subpart E—Supervisory Stress Test
Requirements for U.S. Bank Holding
Companies With $50 Billion or More in
Total Consolidated Assets and
Nonbank Financial Companies
Supervised by the Board
7. Section 252.44 is amended by
adding paragraph (c) to read as follows:
■
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 252.44
Board.
Annual analysis conducted by the
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Assumptions. In conducting a
stress test under this section, the Board
will make the following assumptions
regarding a covered company’s capital
actions over the planning horizon:
(1) The covered company will not pay
any dividends on any instruments that
qualify as common equity tier 1 capital;
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
(2) The covered company will make
payments on instruments that qualify as
additional tier 1 capital or tier 2 capital
equal to the stated dividend, interest, or
principal due on such instrument;
(3) The covered company will not
make a redemption or repurchase of any
capital instrument that is eligible for
inclusion in the numerator of a
regulatory capital ratio; and
(4) The covered company will not
make any issuances of common stock or
preferred stock, except for issuances in
connection with a planned merger or
acquisition to the extent that the merger
or acquisition is reflected in the covered
company’s pro forma balance sheet
estimates.
Subpart F—Company-Run Stress Test
Requirements for U.S. Bank Holding
Companies With $50 Billion or More in
Total Consolidated Assets and
Nonbank Financial Companies
Supervised by the Board
8. Section 252.54 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(2)(i) introductory
text to read as follows:
■
§ 252.54
Annual stress test.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) The Board may require a covered
company with significant trading
activity (a covered company that has
aggregate trading assets and liabilities of
$50 billion or more, or aggregate trading
assets and liabilities equal to 10 percent
or more of total consolidated assets, and
is not a large and noncomplex bank
holding company, as defined in 12 CFR
225.8) to include a trading and
counterparty component in its adverse
and severely adverse scenarios in the
stress test required by this section:
*
*
*
*
*
■ 9. Section 252.56 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
§ 252.56
Methodologies and practices.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Assumptions regarding capital
actions. In conducting a stress test
under §§ 252.54 and 252.55, a covered
company is required to make the
following assumptions regarding its
capital actions over the planning
horizon:
(1) The covered company will not pay
any dividends on any instruments that
qualify as common equity tier 1 capital;
(2) The covered company will make
payments on instruments that qualify as
additional tier 1 capital or tier 2 capital
equal to the stated dividend, interest, or
principal due on such instrument;
(3) The covered company will not
make a redemption or repurchase of any
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
18187
capital instrument that is eligible for
inclusion in the numerator of a
regulatory capital ratio; and
(4) The covered company will not
make any issuances of common stock or
preferred stock, except for issuances in
connection with a planned merger or
acquisition to the extent that the merger
or acquisition is reflected in the covered
company’s pro forma balance sheet
estimates.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 10. Amend appendix B to part 252, as
proposed to be added at 82 FR 59528,
by revising section 2.7 and adding
section 3.4 to read as follows:
Appendix B to Part 252—Stress Testing
Policy Statement
*
*
*
*
*
2.7. Credit Supply Maintenance
The supervisory stress test incorporates an
assumption that restricts the contraction of
aggregate credit supply during the stress
period. The aim of supervisory stress testing
is to assess whether firms are sufficiently
capitalized to absorb losses during times of
economic stress, while meeting obligations
and continuing to lend to households and
businesses. While an individual firm may
assume that it reacts to rising losses by
sharply restricting its lending, (e.g., by
exiting a particular business line), the
banking industry as a whole cannot do so
without creating a ‘‘credit crunch’’ and
substantially increasing the severity and
duration of an economic downturn. Ensuring
that covered companies cannot assume they
will ‘‘shrink to health,’’ serves the Federal
Reserve’s goal of helping to ensure that major
financial firms remain sufficiently
capitalized to accommodate credit demand in
a severe downturn.
Accordingly, in projecting a firm’s balance
sheet, the Federal Reserve will assume that
the firm takes actions to maintain a constant
level of assets, including loans, trading
assets, and securities over the planning
horizon. In order to implement this policy,
the Federal Reserve must make assumptions
about new loan balances. To predict losses
on new originations over the planning
horizon, newly originated loans are assumed
to have the same risk characteristics as the
existing portfolio, where applicable, with the
exception of loan age and delinquency status.
These newly originated loans would be part
of a covered company’s normal business,
even in a stressed economic environment. By
precluding the need to make assumptions
about how underwriting standards might
tighten or loosen during times of economic
stress, the Federal Reserve adheres to
Principle 1.3 and promotes consistency
across covered companies. Similar to the
Board’s current methodology, balance sheet
projections would reflect the impact of a
planned merger or acquisition, or completed
or contractually agreed-on divestiture.
In projecting the denominator for the
calculation of the leverage ratio, the Federal
Reserve will account for the effect of changes
associated with the calculation of regulatory
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
18188
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules
capital or changes to the Board’s regulations.
As with the Board’s current methodology,
leverage ratio denominator projections would
reflect the impact of a planned merger or
acquisition, or completed or contractually
agreed-on divestiture.
*
*
*
*
*
3.4. Simple Approach for Projecting RiskWeighted Assets
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2
In projecting risk-weighted assets, the
Federal Reserve will generally assume that a
covered company’s risk-weighted assets
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:24 Apr 24, 2018
Jkt 244001
remain unchanged over the planning
horizon. This assumption allows the Federal
Reserve to independently project firms’ riskweighted assets in line with the goal of
simplicity (Principle 1.4). In addition, this
approach is forward-looking (Principle 1.2),
as this assumption removes reliance on
historical data and past outcomes from the
projection of risk-weighted assets.
In projecting a firm’s risk-weighted assets,
the Federal Reserve will account for the
effect of changes associated with the
calculation of regulatory capital or changes to
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
the Board’s regulations in the calculation of
risk-weighted assets. As with the Board’s
current methodology, risk-weighted asset
projections would reflect the impact of a
planned merger or acquisition, or completed
or contractually agreed-on divestiture.
By order of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System, April 10, 2018.
Ann Misback,
Secretary of the Board.
[FR Doc. 2018–08006 Filed 4–24–18; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6210–01–P
E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM
25APP2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 83, Number 80 (Wednesday, April 25, 2018)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 18160-18188]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2018-08006]
[[Page 18159]]
Vol. 83
Wednesday,
No. 80
April 25, 2018
Part III
Federal Reserve System
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
12 CFR Parts 217, 225, and 252
Amendments to the Regulatory Capital, Capital Plan, and Stress Test
Rules; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 83 , No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 18160]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM
12 CFR Parts 217, 225, and 252
[Regulations Q, Y, and YY; Docket No. R-1603]
RIN 7100-AF 02
Amendments to the Regulatory Capital, Capital Plan, and Stress
Test Rules
AGENCY: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board).
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking with request for comment.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Board is inviting comment on a notice of proposed
rulemaking (proposal) that would integrate the Board's regulatory
capital rule (capital rule) and the Board's Comprehensive Capital
Analysis and Review (CCAR) and stress test rules in order to simplify
the capital regime applicable to firms subject to the capital plan
rule. The proposal would amend the Board's capital plan rule, capital
rule, and stress testing rules, and make amendments to the Stress
Testing Policy Statement that was proposed for public comment on
December 15, 2017. Under the proposal, the Board's supervisory stress
test would be used to establish the size of a stress capital buffer
requirement and a stress leverage buffer requirement. The proposal
would apply to bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in total
consolidated assets and U.S. intermediate holding companies of foreign
banking organizations established pursuant to Regulation YY. The
proposal would not apply to any community bank, any bank holding
company with total consolidated assets of less than $50 billion, or to
any state member bank or savings and loan holding company. The proposal
would be effective on December 31, 2018. Under the proposal, a firm's
first stress capital buffer and stress leverage buffer requirements
would generally be effective on October 1, 2019.
DATES: Comments must be received by June 25, 2018.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by [Docket No. R-1603
and RIN 7100-AF 02] by any of the following methods:
Agency Website: https://www.federalreserve.gov. Follow the
instructions for submitting comments at https://www.federalreserve.gov/generalinfo/foia/ProposedRegs.aspx.
Email: [email protected]. Include the
docket number and RIN number in the subject line of the message.
Fax: (202) 452-3819 or (202) 452-3102.
Mail: Address to Ann E. Misback, Secretary, Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th Street and Constitution
Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20551.
All public comments will be made available on the Board's website
at https://www.federalreserve.gov/generalinfo/foia/ProposedRegs.aspx as
submitted, unless modified for technical reasons or to remove sensitive
PII at the commenter's request. Public comments may also be viewed
electronically or in paper form in Room 3515, 1801 K Street NW (between
18th and 19th Streets NW), Washington, DC 20006 between 9:00 a.m. and
5:00 p.m. on weekdays.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Lisa Ryu, Associate Director, (202)
263-4833, Constance Horsley, Deputy Associate Director, (202) 452-5239,
(202) 475-6316, Juan Climent, Manager (202) 872-7526, Christine Graham,
Senior Supervisory Financial Analyst, (202) 452-3005, Page Conkling,
Senior Supervisory Financial Analyst, (202) 912-4647, Joseph Cox,
Senior Supervisory Financial Analyst, (202) 452-3216, or Hillel Kipnis,
Senior Financial Analyst, (202) 452-2924, Division of Banking
Supervision and Regulation; Benjamin W. McDonough, Assistant General
Counsel, (202) 452-2036, Julie Anthony, Counsel, (202) 475-6682, Mark
Buresh, Senior Attorney, (202) 452-5270, Asad Kudiya, Senior Attorney,
(202) 475-6358, or Mary Watkins, Attorney, (202) 452-3722, Legal
Division, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th Street
and Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20551. Users of
Telecommunication Device for Deaf (TDD) only, call (202) 263-4869.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Table of Contents
I. Background and Summary of the Proposal
A. Description of the Capital Plan and Capital Rules
B. Review of Capital Planning and Stress Testing Programs
C. Actions Following the CCAR Review
D. Summary of Proposal
II. Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements
A. Introduction to the Stress Buffer Requirements
B. Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining the
Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements
C. Effective Dates for Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements
D. Impact of the Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements
III. Proposed Changes to the Capital Plan Rule
A. Removal of Quantitative Objection
B. Requirements for a Firm's Planned Capital Distributions
C. Summary of the Proposed Timeline for Reviewing Capital Plans
and Calculating the Stress Buffer Requirements
D. Requests for Reconsideration
E. Capital Plan Resubmission and Circumstances Warranting
Recalculation of the Stress Buffer Requirements
IV. Proposed Changes to the Capital Rule and Explanation of the
Mechanics of the Distribution Limitations of the Stress Buffer
Requirements
A. Proposed Changes to the Capital Rule
B. Mechanics of the Distribution Limitations of the Stress
Buffer Requirements
V. Proposed Changes to the Stress Test Rules
VI. Proposed Changes to Regulatory Reports
VII. Administrative Law Matters
A. Paperwork Reduction Act
B. Regulatory Flexibility Act
C. Solicitation of Comments of Use of Plain Language
I. Background and Summary of the Proposal
A. Description of the Capital Plan and Capital Rules
The resiliency of large financial institutions is critical to the
stability of the financial sector. As shown in the 2007-2008 financial
crisis, problems at large financial institutions can lead to
significant market disruption, spread rapidly throughout the financial
system, and cause a credit crunch, worsening economic downturns. To be
resilient, a financial institution must maintain sufficient levels of
capital to support the risks associated with its exposures and
activities. In the years leading up to the financial crisis, neither
the regulatory capital regime nor financial institutions' own models
sufficiently captured the actual risk exposures of financial
institutions, resulting in a level of capital that was inadequate to
cover losses as conditions deteriorated, putting the economic activity
at risk.
The risks to the ability of the financial system to support
economic growth were exacerbated by actions taken by firms during the
crisis. Rather than conserve loss-absorbing resources, many firms
continued to distribute capital to shareholders in an attempt to
reassure the market of their health and resiliency. Further, the lack
of transparency into firms' actual risk profiles during the crisis
increased uncertainty, left counterparties unable to distinguish
between healthy and unhealthy banks, and prompted a large and sudden
reaction from the markets as the full scale of risks was revealed. The
systematic loss of confidence in the banking sector that ensued led to
sharply tighter credit conditions for businesses and households and
caused extreme strains in crucial markets; the economic consequences
prompted
[[Page 18161]]
public sector intervention by the Congress, U.S. Treasury, Board,\1\
and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to avoid further
deterioration and restore economic activity.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ References to the Board in this preamble may also refer to
the Federal Reserve.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
At the height of the crisis, the Board turned to stress testing,
under the Supervisory Capital Assessment Program (SCAP), to determine
potential losses at the largest firms if the prevailing stress severely
worsened and to restore confidence in the financial sector.\2\ Building
on the success of the SCAP, the Board introduced the current stress
testing regime and CCAR to assess whether the largest firms have
sufficient capital to continue to lend and absorb potential losses
under severely adverse conditions, and to ensure that they have sound,
forward-looking capital planning practices.\3\ The Board publishes the
results of its stress tests and assessment of firms' capital planning
practices, which enhances market discipline.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ SCAP applied to domestic bank holding companies with $100
billion or more in total consolidated assets.
\3\ The changes in this proposal would apply to bank holding
companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, any
nonbank financial company supervised by the Board that becomes
subject to the capital planning requirements pursuant to a rule or
order of the Board, and to U.S. intermediate holding companies
established pursuant to the Board's Regulation YY (12 CFR part 252)
in accordance with the transition provisions under the capital plan
rule. Currently, no nonbank financial companies supervised by the
Board are subject to the capital planning requirements. References
to ``bank holding companies'' or ``firms'' in this preamble should
be read to include all of these companies, unless otherwise
specified.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Board adopted the capital plan rule in 2011, which requires
each bank holding company with $50 billion or more in total
consolidated assets to submit an annual capital plan to the Board.\4\
The Board may limit a firm's capital distributions under the rule if
the Board finds deficiencies in the firm's capital plan or pro forma
post-stress level of capital.\5\ As part of CCAR, the Board evaluates
the ability of each of the largest bank holding companies to maintain
capital above minimum regulatory capital requirements under expected
and stressful conditions, assuming that a firm makes all planned
capital actions (for example, dividends, capital issuances, and
repurchases of capital instruments) that are in its capital plan
(supervisory post-stress capital assessment).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ See 12 CFR 225.8. A firm's capital plan must include (i) an
assessment of the expected uses and sources of capital over the
planning horizon; (ii) a detailed description of the firm's
processes for assessing capital adequacy; (iii) the firm's capital
policy; and (iv) a discussion of any expected changes to the firm's
business plan that could materially affect its capital adequacy. A
firm may be required to include other information and analysis
relevant to its capital planning processes and internal capital
adequacy assessment.
\5\ 12 CFR 225.8(f). As discussed below, a large and noncomplex
firm is no longer subject to the qualitative assessment in CCAR.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer
Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) requires the Board to adopt enhanced
capital standards, including supervisory stress tests, company-run
stress tests, and enhanced risk-based and leverage capital
requirements, for bank holding companies with total consolidated assets
of $50 billion or more. The enhanced prudential standards that the
Board adopts pursuant to section 165 must increase in stringency based
on the systemic importance of the firm. The Board's supervisory stress
test conducted pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act evaluates whether firms
have sufficient capital to continue operations throughout times of
economic and financial stress using firm-provided data and a common set
of scenarios, models, and assumptions.\6\ In the company-run stress
tests, firms use the same scenarios that the Board uses to conduct the
supervisory stress tests.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\6\ The supervisory post-stress capital assessment in CCAR is
based on the supervisory stress test conducted pursuant to the Dodd-
Frank Act.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Similar to the Board's capital planning and stress testing rules,
the Board's capital rule also addresses weaknesses observed during the
2007-2008 financial crisis. In 2013, the Board adopted a final rule
that revised the Board's risk-based and leverage capital requirements
for firms.\7\ The revisions to the Board's capital rule strengthened
the quality and quantity of capital held by firms by implementing,
among other changes, a new minimum common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital
requirement, a higher minimum tier 1 capital requirement, and capital
buffer requirements above the minimum requirements. A firm must
maintain risk-based capital ratios in excess of the minimum plus buffer
requirements in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions and
certain discretionary bonus payments.\8\ In addition, the Board adopted
a supplementary leverage ratio that measures capital against on- and
off-balance sheet exposures for firms with total consolidated assets
greater than or equal to $250 billion or total consolidated on-balance
sheet foreign exposures of at least $10 billion, or that otherwise meet
the conditions set forth in 12 CFR 217.100(b).\9\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ 78 FR 62018 (October 11, 2013), adopted as 12 CFR part 217
(Regulation Q) and subsequently amended.
\8\ The limitations apply to discretionary bonus payments made
to executive officers of a banking organization.
\9\ 12 CFR part 217.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In July 2015, the Board adopted the GSIB surcharge rule as part of
its implementation of section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act.\10\ The GSIB
surcharge rule establishes the criteria for identifying a GSIB and the
methods that those firms must use to calculate a risk-based capital
surcharge, which is calibrated to each firm's overall systemic risk and
which expands the capital conservation buffer requirement for these
firms.\11\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\10\ 12 CFR part 217, subpart H; 80 FR 49082 (August 14, 2015).
\11\ In addition, a GSIB must maintain a supplementary leverage
ratio in excess of 5 percent in order to avoid limitations on
capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. 79 FR 24528
(May 1, 2014) (revised 80 FR 49082 (August 14, 2015)).
The Board expects to release a proposal that would recalibrate
the enhanced supplementary leverage ratio standards for GSIBs and
their state member bank insured depository institution subsidiaries.
The proposal would set the enhanced supplementary leverage ratio
standards to 3 percent plus one half of the GSIB surcharge
applicable to the bank holding company. That proposal would amend
the Board's capital rule, as well as make conforming changes to the
Board's total loss-absorbing capacity rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strengthening the regulatory capital regime, including the
introduction of capital planning and stress testing requirements, has
been an important supervisory response to the financial crisis. Stress
testing makes the capital regime more forward-looking, risk-sensitive,
and firm-specific. As a result of this program and the enhancements
made to the Board's regulatory capital regime, large U.S. bank holding
companies are much more resilient to stress than in the past. Common
equity capital levels among the nation's largest bank holding companies
have risen by over $720 billion since 2009, making U.S. firms among the
strongest in the world.\12\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\12\ Staff calculations based on the Consolidated Financial
Statements for Holding Companies.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Review of Capital Planning and Stress Testing Programs
The Board periodically reevaluates its programs to ensure that they
remain effective and that unintended consequences are minimized.
Accordingly, the Board has reviewed the CCAR program to assess its
effectiveness and to identify any areas that should be refined (CCAR
review). The CCAR review included an internal assessment as well as a
series of feedback meetings with outside parties. The participants in
such meetings included senior management from firms currently subject
to the capital plan rule, debt and equity market analysts,
[[Page 18162]]
representatives from public interest groups, and academics in the
fields of economics and finance. The Board also examined the
interaction between the capital rule and its capital planning and
stress testing rules.
Some participants in the CCAR review expressed support for
increasing post-stress capital requirements by the amount of the GSIB
surcharge and countercyclical capital buffer amount, arguing that such
buffer requirements are intended to further macroprudential and
countercyclical objectives in a manner that is not currently addressed
directly in the supervisory post-stress capital assessment. On the
other hand, some participants argued it would not be appropriate to
increase post-stress minimum requirements by the GSIB surcharge because
it would treat the GSIB surcharge as a minimum capital requirement
rather than as a buffer as intended in the capital rule and because the
supervisory post-stress capital assessment already includes scenario
components that, historically, were only applicable to GSIBs.\13\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\ The supervisory stress test includes a trading and
counterparty component (the global market shock) and large
counterparty default scenario component. Historically, the global
market shock has included six U.S. GSIBs with significant trading
activity. However, in December 2017, additional firms were
identified as having ``significant trading activity,'' and beginning
in 2019, will be subject to the global market shock. The large
counterparty default scenario component has been applied to the
firms with the largest derivatives exposures and securities
financing transaction activities, which to date, has included the
eight U.S. GSIBs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Participants in the CCAR review also raised concerns about the
interactions between the capital rule and the supervisory post-stress
capital assessment. The supervisory post-stress capital assessment
includes an assumption that a firm makes all planned capital
distributions, reflecting the historical experience from the financial
crisis in which the largest banking organizations continued to
repurchase shares and pay dividends to shareholders well after the
financial system came under severe stress.\14\ Some participants in the
CCAR review argued that the Board should not assume in the supervisory
post-stress capital assessment that a firm continues to make all of its
planned capital distributions if the capital distributions would not be
permitted under the capital rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\14\ Beverly Hirtle, ``Bank Holding Company Dividends and
Repurchases during the Financial Crisis,'' FRBNY Staff Report,
(April 2016), www.newyorkfed.org/medialibrary/media/research/staff_reports/sr666.pdf and Viral V. Acharya, Irvind Gujral,
Nirupama Kulkarni, Hyun Song Shin, ``Dividends and Bank Capital in
the Financial Crisis of 2007-2009,'' (March 2011) NBER Working Paper
No. 16896, www.nber.org/papers/w16896.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Some participants in the CCAR review viewed other assumptions in
the supervisory post-stress capital assessment as unrealistic and
overly conservative. Since the 2014 CCAR cycle, in projecting a firm's
balance sheet, the supervisory stress test has included the assumption
that credit supply does not contract. This assumption furthered the
Board's macroprudential objectives by evaluating whether firms could
pass the supervisory post-stress capital assessment while continuing to
lend and support the real economy. In implementing this assumption, the
Board used a model calibrated to historical data that tended to project
that a firm's balance sheet and risk-weighted assets would grow over
the planning horizon, even in the severely adverse scenario.\15\ Some
participants in the CCAR review argued that this assumption is overly
conservative, and suggested that the Board modify this growth
assumption to account for certain portfolios where it is unrealistic
(such as legacy portfolios).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\15\ See the Board's letter regarding the Federal Reserve's
independent balance sheet and risk-weighted asset projections
(December 16, 2013) available at www.federalreserve.gov/bankinforeg/independent-projections-letter-20131216.pdf. This letter includes
information on historical experiences of banking assets in past
recessions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Board received other feedback from participants in the CCAR
review regarding changes to its processes associated with CCAR. For
example, participants recommended further enhancing the transparency of
the supervisory post-stress capital assessment and eliminating the
heightened supervisory scrutiny of a capital plan that includes a
dividend payout ratio of more than 30 percent.
C. Actions Following the CCAR Review
The Board has identified several areas where the capital plan rule
and CCAR could be further refined or improved, including by reducing
burden for non-GSIBs subject to CCAR; addressing the role of the GSIB
surcharge in the supervisory post-stress capital assessment; addressing
inconsistencies between the assumptions in the supervisory stress test
and the distribution limitations in the capital rule; eliminating one
or more post-stress capital ratio minimums in CCAR; and simplifying
certain supervisory stress test assumptions.
In January 2017, the Board adopted a rule to reduce the burden
associated with the qualitative aspects of CCAR for less complex firms.
Under that rule, firms that are not identified as GSIBs and that have
average total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more but less than
$250 billion and total nonbank assets of less than $75 billion (large
and noncomplex firms) are no longer subject to the provisions of the
capital plan rule whereby the Board may object to a firm's capital plan
on the basis of qualitative deficiencies in the firm's capital planning
process.\16\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\16\ The capital planning processes for these large and
noncomplex firms would be evaluated through the regular supervisory
process. See 81 FR 9308 (February 3, 2017).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additionally, in December 2017, the Board released a package of
proposals that would increase the transparency of the supervisory
stress test.\17\ The package included three proposals for public
comment: (1) Enhanced model disclosure that would provide additional
detail about the supervisory stress test models and how they function;
(2) a Stress Testing Policy Statement that would provide the key
principles and policies that govern the Board's approach to model
development, implementation, use, and validation in the supervisory
stress test; and (3) an amendment to the Board's Policy Statement on
the Scenario Design Framework for Stress Testing (Scenario Design
Policy Statement) that would make the scenario development process more
countercyclical.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\17\ See 82 FR 59529 (December 15, 2017).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Summary of Proposal
The capital rule and capital plan rule each place separate
limitations on firms' capital distributions to address the fact that
many firms made significant distributions of capital in the lead up to
and during the crisis without fully considering the effects that a
prolonged economic downturn could have on their capital adequacy. Under
the capital rule, a firm is subject to one or more buffer requirements
above its minimum capital requirements and becomes subject to
increasingly strict limitations on the distributions and bonus payments
as its capital ratios decline below the buffer requirements toward the
minimum capital requirements. Under the capital plan rule, a firm is
required to follow the capital distributions included in its capital
plan and, except in limited circumstances, seek the Board's approval
before making additional capital distributions.\18\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\18\ The Board may object to the capital plan of a firm that
does not demonstrate an ability to maintain capital levels above
minimum regulatory capital requirements on a pro forma basis under
expected and stressful conditions. A firm receiving such an
objection can make only those capital distributions permitted by the
Board. In assessing a firm's capital plan under the capital plan
rule, the Federal Reserve assumes that the firm makes all planned
capital actions (e.g. dividends and issuances and repurchases of
capital instruments) even in the severely adverse scenario.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 18163]]
The proposal would use the results of the annual supervisory stress
test to size specific buffer requirements above minimum capital
requirements that restrict capital distributions under the capital rule
and establish a single approach to capital distribution limitations,
effectively integrating the capital rule and the capital plan rule.
Integrating the two capital regimes would simplify the Board's overall
approach to capital regulation. The proposal would replace the static
2.5 percent of risk-weighted assets portion of the capital conservation
buffer requirement under the standardized approach with a stress
capital buffer requirement, which is forward-looking, risk-sensitive,
and firm-specific. The proposal would also establish a stress leverage
buffer requirement in addition to the minimum 4 percent tier 1 leverage
ratio requirement.\19\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\19\ The leverage ratio is the ratio of a firm's tier 1 capital
to its average total consolidated assests.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
A firm would be required to maintain capital ratios above its
minimum plus its buffer requirements in order to avoid restrictions on
its capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. A firm
would be bound by the most stringent distribution limitations, if any,
as determined by the firm's standardized approach capital conservation
buffer requirement (as defined below), the firm's stress leverage
buffer requirement and, if applicable, the firm's advanced approaches
capital conservation buffer requirement and enhanced supplementary
leverage ratio standard. The stress capital buffer and stress leverage
buffer requirements (together, the stress buffer requirements) are
described in greater detail in section II.
As noted, participants in the CCAR review observed an inconsistency
between the distribution limitations of the capital rule and the
distribution assumptions used in the supervisory post-stress capital
assessment. To address this inconsistency, certain assumptions used in
the supervisory stress test would be modified as part of the proposal.
Specifically, in calculating the stress buffer requirements, the
proposal would remove the current assumption that a firm would make all
planned capital distributions over the planning horizon, including any
planned common stock dividends and repurchases of common stock.
Instead, the stress buffer requirements would include only four
quarters of planned common stock dividends in order to preserve the
current incentives for a firm to engage in disciplined, forward-looking
dividend planning. The stress buffer requirements would include
dividends--but not repurchases--based on the experience in the recent
financial crisis, when large bank holding companies began to reduce
share repurchases early in the crisis but continued to pay dividends at
nearly the pre-crisis rate through 2008.\20\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\20\ Hirtle, Beverly, ``Bank Holding Company Dividends and
Repurchases during the Financial Crisis,'' FRBNY Staff Report,
(April 2016), www.newyorkfed.org/medialibrary/media/research/staff_reports/sr666.pdf. And Viral V. Acharya, Irvind Gujral,
Nirupama Kulkarni, Hyun Song Shin, ``Dividends and Bank Capital in
the Financial Crisis of 2007-2009,'' (March 2011) NBER Working Paper
No. 16896, https://www.nber.org/papers/w16896.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In addition, the Board would also adjust the methodology used in
the supervisory stress test to assume that the firm takes actions to
maintain a constant level of assets, including loans, trading assets,
and securities over the planning horizon. As a related matter, the
Board would assume that a firm's risk-weighted assets and leverage
ratio denominator generally remain unchanged over the planning
horizon.\21\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\21\ The leverage ratio denominator is equal to the difference
between projected total consolidated assets and amounts projected to
be deducted from tier 1 capital under 12 CFR 217.22(a), (c), and
(d).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Board would further modify certain elements of CCAR to reflect
the introduction of the proposed stress buffer requirements.
Specifically, the proposal would remove the quantitative objection in
CCAR and instead rely on the capital rule's automatic restrictions on
capital distributions that are triggered if a firm breaches its buffer
requirements. For firms subject to supervision by the Board's Large
Institution Supervision Coordination Committee (LISCC firms) and other
large and complex firms,\22\ the Board would retain the CCAR
qualitative supervisory review and the ability to object to a firm's
capital plan on qualitative grounds based on the adequacy of the firm's
capital planning processes (qualitative objection).\23\ The Board would
also eliminate the 30 percent dividend payout ratio as a criterion for
heightened scrutiny of a firm's capital plan. Incorporating four
quarters of planned common stock dividends in the stress buffer
requirements would provide sufficient incentive for prudent dividend
payouts.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\22\ A list of the current LISCC portfolio firms is available at
www.federalreserve.gov/bankinforeg/large-institution-supervision.htm. Those LISCC firms that are currently subject to the
capital plan rule are: Bank of America Corporation; The Bank of New
York Mellon Corporation; Barclays PLC; Citigroup Inc.; Credit Suisse
Group AG; Deutsche Bank AG; The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.; JP Morgan
Chase & Co.; Morgan Stanley; State Street Corporation; UBS AG; and
Wells Fargo & Company. Large and complex firms include any bank
holding company that has average total consolidated assets of at
least $250 billion or average total nonbank assets of at least $75
billion.
\23\ See 82 FR 9308 (February 3, 2017).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The proposal would continue to require a firm to describe its
planned capital distributions in its capital plan and not exceed those
planned capital distributions. Further, as described in section III.B
of this preamble, a firm's planned capital distributions would need to
be consistent with the effective capital distribution limitations that
would apply under the firm's own baseline financial projections (BHC
baseline scenario).
As discussed in detail in section II.D of this preamble, the Board
estimates that non-GSIBs subject to CCAR would generally need to hold
less capital under the proposal, as compared with the current
supervisory post-stress capital assessment in CCAR, which is the
binding constraint for most of these firms. In contrast, the Board
estimates based on the most recent CCAR results the proposal would
generally maintain or in some cases increase CET1 capital requirements
for GSIBs. However, the Board's estimates suggest that no firm that
participated in recent CCAR exercises would need to raise additional
capital in order to avoid the proposal's limitations on capital
distributions. The impact of the proposal will vary throughout the
economic cycle.
II. Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements
A. Introduction to the Stress Buffer Requirements
As a general matter, capital buffer requirements are designed to
help ensure that a firm maintains an adequate amount of loss-absorbing
capital to stay above minimum regulatory requirements during stress.
The capital buffer requirements restrict a firm's ability to distribute
capital as the firm's actual capital levels approach minimum
ratios.\24\ These requirements therefore strengthen the ability of
individual firms and the banking system to continue to function and to
serve as financial intermediaries in times of stress.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\24\ Under the capital rule, a firm's maximum amount of capital
distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments during the
current calendar quarter are based on its applicable maximum payout
ratio multiplied by the firm's eligible retained income. The maximum
payout ratio declines as a firm's capital ratio approaches the
minimum requirement. Eligible retained income is defined as net
income attributable to the institution for the four calendar
quarters preceding the current calendar quarter, net of any
distributions and associated tax effects not already reflected in
net income.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 18164]]
Under the current capital rule, a firm's capital conservation
buffer requirement is equal to 2.5 percent of risk-weighted assets plus
any applicable GSIB surcharge and countercyclical capital buffer
amount. The proposal would replace the 2.5 percent of risk-weighted
assets with a stress capital buffer requirement, for firms subject to
the supervisory stress test. A firm's stress capital buffer requirement
would be tailored to its risk profile and potential vulnerability to
stress. The firm's capital conservation buffer requirement under the
standardized approach would be equal to its stress capital buffer and
any applicable GSIB surcharge plus any applicable countercyclical
capital buffer amount (standardized approach capital conservation
buffer requirement).
Currently, a firm subject to the advanced approaches calculates a
given risk-based capital ratio under both the standardized and advanced
approaches, and uses the lower of the two ratios as its operative
ratio. Under the proposal, a firm would continue to calculate a given
risk-based capital ratio under both the standardized and advanced
approaches, and would calculate a different capital conservation buffer
requirement for each. The capital conservation buffer requirement under
the advanced approaches would be equal to 2.5 percent of risk-weighted
assets (rather than the stress capital buffer requirement) plus any
applicable GSIB surcharge plus any applicable countercyclical capital
buffer amount (advanced approaches capital conservation buffer
requirement). To date, the Board has not used or required the use of
the capital rule's advanced approaches in the supervisory stress test
due to the significant resources required to implement the advanced
approaches on a pro forma basis and due to the complexity and
opaqueness associated with introducing the advanced approaches in
supervisory stress test projections. In addition, both the supervisory
stress test and the advanced approaches are calibrated to reflect tail-
risks; thus it could be duplicative to require a firm to meet the
requirements of the advanced approaches on a post-stress basis.
For firms subject to the capital plan rule, the proposal would
introduce a stress leverage buffer requirement in addition to the 4
percent minimum tier 1 leverage ratio requirement. This stress leverage
buffer requirement would help to maintain the current complementary
relationship between the risk-based and leverage capital requirements
in normal and stressful conditions. In addition, it would continue the
current practice of evaluating a firm's vulnerability to declines in
its leverage ratio under stressful conditions.
The proposal would not, however, extend the stress buffer concept
to the supplementary leverage ratio. A single stress leverage buffer,
applicable to all firms, would provide a sufficient backstop and avoid
adding additional complexity.\25\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\25\ GSIBs would continue to be subject to an enhanced
supplementary leverage ratio standard under the capital rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
A firm would need to maintain capital ratios above all minimum and
buffer requirements to avoid restrictions on its capital distributions
and discretionary bonus payments. A firm would be subject to the most
stringent distribution limitations, if any, as determined by the firm's
standardized approach capital conservation buffer requirement, the
firm's stress leverage buffer requirement and, if applicable, the
firm's advanced approaches capital conservation buffer requirement, and
the enhanced supplementary leverage ratio standard.
The Board's supervisory stress test conducted under Regulation YY
would be used to size each firm's stress buffer requirements. The
stress buffer requirements would be calculated under the supervisory
stress test's severely adverse scenario, designed in accordance with
the Policy Statement on the Scenario Design Framework for Stress
Testing. As described in appendix A to 12 CFR part 252, severely
adverse scenarios are designed to be plausible, relevant, and guided in
large part by historical experience in severe U.S. recessions.\26\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\26\ 12 CFR part 252, appendix A.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As in the current supervisory post-stress capital assessment in
CCAR, under the proposal, the supervisory stress test would continue to
use a common set of scenarios, models, and assumptions across firms.
The performance of each model used in the supervisory stress test is
assessed using a variety of metrics and benchmarks, including benchmark
model results, where applicable. Each model is validated annually by an
independent supervisory model validation function. In December 2017,
the Board issued a Stress Testing Policy Statement for public comment
describing its approach to supervisory model development,
implementation, use, and validation.\27\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\27\ See 82 FR 59528 (Dec. 15, 2017) as proposed 12 CFR part
252, appendix B. This proposal re-proposes only section 2.7 of the
proposed Stress Testing Policy Statement for public comment and
proposes to add a new section 3.4 relating to a simple approach for
projecting risk-weighted assets.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Each component of a firm's standardized approach capital
conservation buffer requirement serves a distinct purpose and is
calibrated and designed according to that purpose. The stress capital
buffer requirement would be calibrated based on each firm's
vulnerability to adverse economic or financial market conditions. As
such, it would help ensure that the firm holds sufficient capital to
continue to serve as a financial intermediary during a period of
financial stress. The GSIB surcharge is designed to mitigate the risk
posed to financial stability by certain large and systemic financial
institutions, and is calibrated based on the externalities posed by
these firms as measured by factors such as size, interconnectedness,
and complexity. Finally, the countercyclical capital buffer is a
macroprudential tool intended to strengthen the resiliency of financial
firms and the financial system, by allowing the Board to raise capital
standards when credit growth in the economy becomes excessive. Taken
together, a firm's standardized approach capital conservation buffer
requirement ensures that the firm has sufficient capital to continue to
serve as a financial intermediary during stress, internalizes the cost
that its failure would have on the broader economy, and builds capital
when there is an elevated risk of above-normal losses.
In the CCAR review, certain discussion participants disagreed with
the view that the supervisory post-stress capital assessment and the
GSIB surcharge serve different purposes because two elements of the
Board's supervisory post-stress capital assessment, the global market
shock and the large counterparty default scenario component, apply only
to GSIBs. However, the global market shock and large counterparty
default scenario component apply to any firm that has material trading,
derivatives, and securities financing transaction activities to capture
direct losses stemming from these activities.\28\ The market shock
measures the trading mark-to-market losses associated with sudden
changes in asset prices, and the large counterparty default scenario
component measures the losses
[[Page 18165]]
associated with repricing counterparty exposures based on the market
shock, and then assumes the default of the counterparty that represents
the largest net exposure. These components of the current supervisory
post-stress capital assessment (and future modified supervisory stress
test) therefore do not capture the potential adverse impact of the
failure of a GSIB on the financial system as a whole--the risks that
are the basis for the GSIB surcharge.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\28\ On December 15, 2017, the Board modified the applicability
criteria for the global market shock to more accurately identify the
risks and capital needs of firms participating in the supervisory
stress test. As revised, the global market shock applies to any bank
holding company or intermediate holding company that (1) has
aggregate trading assets and liabilities of $50 billion or more, or
aggregate trading assets and liabilities equal to 10 percent or more
of total consolidated assets, and (2) is not a large and noncomplex
firm. In this proposal, the Board proposes to move the applicability
criteria for the global market shock from the FR Y-14 reporting form
to Regulation YY.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As described below in section II.B of this preamble, the proposed
stress buffer requirements would incorporate different capital action
assumptions than are currently used in the supervisory post-stress
capital assessment in CCAR. Those revised capital action assumptions
would also be incorporated in the Board's supervisory stress tests and
the company-run stress tests conducted under Regulation YY, in order to
harmonize the publicly disclosed supervisory and company-run stress
test results with the stress buffer requirements.\29\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\29\ The supervisory and company-run stress tests conducted
under Regulation YY would not include four quarters of planned
dividends.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Question 1: What are the advantages and disadvantages of
incorporating the stress capital buffer and stress leverage buffer
requirements into the capital rule? How well does the proposal enhance
regulatory simplicity, transparency, and efficiency for firms subject
to the capital plan rule? What refinements or additional approaches
should the Board consider to enhance these goals, and why? Please
provide data on the impact of any proposed refinements or additional
proposals.
Question 2: What are the advantages and disadvantages of including
or excluding the stress capital buffer requirement from the advanced
approaches capital conservation buffer requirement when considered in
combination with other elements of the proposal or alternatives to the
proposal? What if any, alternatives should the Board consider and why?
For example, should the Board consider scaling the stress capital
buffer requirement by the ratio of a firm's standardized total risk-
weighted assets to its advanced approaches total risk-weighted assets
in cases where the firm's advanced approaches capital ratio
calculations are lower than its standardized capital ratio
calculations? What are the advantages or disadvantages of such an
approach?
Question 3: What are the advantages or disadvantages of not
extending the stress buffer concept to the supplementary leverage
ratio?
Question 4: Would modifications to the enhanced supplementary
leverage ratio standards impact the responses to the questions above or
any other aspect of the proposal, and if so how?
Question 5: How should the Board contemplate the appropriate level
of the countercyclical capital buffer in light of the proposal?
Calculation of the Proposed Stress Capital Buffer Requirement
Under the proposal, the Board would determine a firm's stress
capital buffer requirement as the difference between the firm's
starting and lowest projected CET1 capital ratios under the severely
adverse scenario in the supervisory stress test, calculated under the
standardized approach, plus the sum of the ratios of the dollar amount
of the firm's planned common stock dividends to projected risk-weighted
assets for each of the fourth through seventh quarters of the planning
horizon. The stress capital buffer requirement would be floored at 2.5
percent of a firm's risk-weighted assets.
Under the current capital rule, all banking organizations are
subject to a capital conservation buffer requirement. The capital
rule's current static 2.5 percent of risk-weighted assets component of
the capital conservation buffer requirement was calibrated to reflect
how firms' capital positions were affected during periods of severe
stress, including the most recent financial crisis.\30\ Placing a 2.5
percent of risk-weighted assets floor on the stress capital buffer
requirement would ensure a minimum level of stringency across firms of
all sizes and complexity and that a smaller firm would not be subject
to more a stringent buffer requirement than a firm with total
consolidated assets of $50 billion or more.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\30\ See Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, Calibrating
regulatory minimum capital requirements and capital buffers: A top-
down approach (October 2010), available at: https://www.bis.org/publ/bcbs180.htm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Calculation of the Proposed Stress Leverage Buffer Requirement
The stress leverage buffer requirement would be determined based on
the same annual supervisory stress test that the Board conducts to
determine the stress capital buffer requirement. Under the proposal,
the Board would determine a firm's stress leverage buffer requirement
as the difference between the firm's starting and lowest projected Tier
1 leverage ratio under the severely adverse scenario in the supervisory
stress test plus the sum of the ratios of the dollar amount of the
firm's planned common stock dividends to projected leverage ratio
denominator for each of the fourth through seventh quarters of the
planning horizon. The stress leverage buffer requirement would not have
a floor, as there is no generally applicable leverage buffer
requirement today, and would apply to all firms subject to the capital
plan rule.
B. Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining the Proposed
Stress Buffer Requirements
For the supervisory stress test used to calculate the stress buffer
requirements, the Board proposes to revise certain assumptions it
currently uses in the supervisory post-stress capital assessment in
CCAR. Currently, in the CCAR post-stress capital assessment, the Board
assumes that a firm will make all of its planned capital actions,
including dividends and repurchases, and issuances of regulatory
capital instruments. The proposal would narrow the set of planned
capital actions assumed to occur in the supervisory stress test.
The current CCAR capital distribution assumptions were introduced
to assess whether a firm could meet minimum capital requirements during
severe stress conditions even if the firm did not reduce its planned
capital distributions. However, the stress buffer requirements would
reduce the need for the assumption that a firm makes all common stock
distributions in a stress scenario because the restriction on a firm's
capital distributions on an ongoing basis would be a function of the
firm's performance under stress. Accordingly, the Board would no longer
assume that a firm makes any repurchases or redemptions of any capital
instrument.
However, in order to preserve the current incentives for a firm to
engage in disciplined, forward-looking dividend planning, a firm's
stress buffer requirements would include four quarters of planned
common stock dividends (in the fourth through seventh quarters of the
planning horizon), added to the projected decline in the firm's capital
under stress. Requiring a firm to pre-fund one year of planned
dividends would preserve the current incentives for a firm to engage in
disciplined, forward-looking dividend planning. As noted, this aspect
of the proposal is based on the Board's experience with large bank
holding companies' capital distribution practices during the recent
financial crisis. Additionally, evidence in the academic literature
generally indicates that repurchases are more flexible than
[[Page 18166]]
dividends.\31\ A reduction in dividends by a publicly-traded firm could
be interpreted by market participants as a signal of long-run
deterioration in firm profitability, which could lead to a negative
stock price reaction. Hence, even if the outlook for a publicly traded
firm has significantly worsened, public pressure and competition may
deter the firm from reducing dividend payments. Requiring a firm to
pre-fund one year of dividends reflects the assumption that the firm
will strive to maintain its current level of dividends even during
times of stress.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\31\ See Franklin Allen and Roni Michaely (2003), ``Payout
Policy'' in Handbook of the Economics of Finance, and Martin
Schmalz, Joan Farre-Mensa, and Roni Michaely (2014) ``Payout
Policy'' in Robert Jarrow (Ed.), Annual Review of Financial
Economics.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As in the current supervisory post-stress capital assessment, the
Board would continue to assume in the supervisory stress test that a
firm would make payments on any instrument that qualifies as additional
tier 1 capital or tier 2 capital equal to the stated dividend, or
contractual interest or principal due on such instrument during the
quarter. Based on supervisory experience, reductions in these payments
are generally viewed by market participants as a sign of material
weakness and firms are therefore likely to make them even under
stressful conditions.\32\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\32\ 12 CFR 217.20(c) and (d).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Board would also generally assume in the supervisory stress
test that a firm does not make any planned issuance of regulatory
capital instruments, parallel to the assumption that a firm does not
repurchase any regulatory capital instruments. However, as under the
current capital plan rule, the supervisory stress test would include
issuances of common or preferred stock in connection with a planned
merger or acquisition to the extent that the merger or acquisition is
reflected in a firm's pro forma balance sheet estimates. Including such
issuances, for purposes of the supervisory stress tests, would allow
the Board to assess how a planned merger or acquisition would affect a
firm's post-stress capital position.
The proposal would revise the required capital action assumptions
in the company-run stress test rules to be consistent with the proposed
capital actions used to calculate a firm's stress buffer requirements
and would introduce those assumptions into the supervisory stress test
rules.\33\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\33\ Under the proposal, in their company-run stress test,
covered companies would no longer include in their capital action
assumptions: (1) Actual capital actions for the first quarter of the
planning horizon; (2) any common stock dividends; or (3) issuance of
common or preferred stock relating to expensed employee
compensation. For the first quarter of the planning horizon, firms
would include any payments on any other instrument that is eligible
for inclusion in the numerator of a regulatory capital ratio equal
to the stated dividend, interest, or principal due on such
instrument during the quarter. The capital action assumptions used
in the company-run and supervisory stress tests would not include
the four quarters of planned dividends.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Since the first CCAR exercise, any capital plan implying a common
stock dividend payout ratio above 30 percent has received heightened
scrutiny in the qualitative assessment of each firm's capital planning
processes. Participants in the CCAR review expressed general opposition
to any specific cap on dividends, and argued that if a cap were deemed
necessary, it should be higher than 30 percent. Including four quarters
of planned dividends in a firm's stress buffer requirements as proposed
would foster an incentive for prudent dividend payouts, removing the
need for heightened scrutiny based on a capital plan's dividend payout
ratio. Accordingly, in connection with this proposal, in future CCAR
exercises the Board would eliminate the 30 percent dividend payout
ratio as a criterion for heightened supervisory scrutiny of a firm's
capital plan.
In addition, in response to comments regarding the current
assumption that a firm's credit supply does not contract, resulting in
growth of a firm's balance sheet in stress scenarios, the Board is
proposing to modify its Stress Testing Policy Statement to include the
assumption that a firm takes actions to maintain its current level of
assets, including its securities, trading assets, and loans, over the
planning horizon (no growth assumption).\34\ The no growth assumption
would simplify the current supervisory stress test assumptions while
preventing firms from planning to reduce credit supply in a stress
scenario. In addition, the proposal would clarify in the Stress Testing
Policy Statement that, in projecting risk-weighted assets and the
leverage ratio denominator, the Board would assume that a firm's risk-
weighted assets and leverage ratio denominator remain unchanged over
the planning horizon except for changes primarily related to deductions
from regulatory capital or due to changes to the Board's regulations.
Similar to the Board's current methodology, balance sheet, risk-
weighted asset, and leverage ratio denominator projections would
reflect the impact of a change to a firm's business plan, such as a
planned merger or acquisition, or completed or contractually agreed-on
divestiture.\35\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\34\ While the Board would assume in the supervisory post-stress
capital assessment that a firm's balance sheet does not grow, in a
firm's company-run stress tests, the Board expects each firm's
projected balance sheet to be consistent with each scenario and the
firm's business strategy.
\35\ A firm's capital plan must include a discussion of any
expected changes to its business plan that are likely to have a
material impact on its capital adequacy or liquidity. See 12 CFR
225.8(e)(2)(iv).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Question 6: What aspects of the calculation of the stress buffer
requirements could be modified to increase the effectiveness of the
proposal in ensuring that firms maintain stress buffer requirements
that are appropriately sized to withstand stressful economic and
financial conditions while permitting such firms to continue lending
and supporting the real economy? Please describe the advantages or
disadvantages of any alternative approach.
Question 7: Besides stated payments on regulatory capital
instruments and issuance of common or preferred stock associated with a
merger or acquisition, what, if any, other types of planned capital
actions should the Board incorporate into the supervisory stress test
for the purposes of calculating the stress buffer requirements, and
why?
Question 8: What are the advantages and disadvantages of including
or excluding dividend payouts and certain other planned capital actions
in the calculation of the stress buffer requirements when considered in
combination with other elements of the proposal or alternatives to the
proposal?
Question 9: What, if any, additional factors beyond a planned
divestiture, merger, or acquisition, should the Board incorporate into
its projected changes in a firm's balance sheet or risk-weighted assets
over the planning horizon and why?
Question 10: What are the advantages and disadvantages of
integrating the distribution assumptions used in calculating a firm's
stress buffer requirements with those used in the supervisory stress
test?
C. Effective Dates for Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements
A firm's stress buffer requirements would be effective on October 1
of each year, and remain in effect until September 30 of the following
year, unless the firm received updated stress buffer requirements from
the Board.\36\ The rule would be effective December 31, 2018. Under the
proposal, a firm's
[[Page 18167]]
first stress buffer requirements would be effective on October 1,
2019.\37\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\36\ A firm may receive updated stress buffer requirements in
connection with a resubmitted capital plan or in connection with a
request for reconsideration (as described in section III.D of this
preamble).
\37\ To provide a transition between the 2018 CCAR cycle and the
first stress buffer requirement, for the period from July 1 through
September 30, 2019, under the proposal, a firm would be authorized
to make capital distributions that do not exceed the four-quarter
average of capital distributions for which the Board or Reserve Bank
indicated its non-objection in the previous capital plan cycle,
unless otherwise determined by the Board.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The process for determining the stress buffer requirements would be
codified in the Board's capital plan rule (discussed further in section
III below), and the restrictions associated with these requirements
would be codified in the Board's capital rule (discussed further in
section IV below).
Question 11: What if any operational complications or challenges to
capital planning processes would the proposed effective dates create,
and how might the Board address these issues consistent with the goals
of the proposal?
Question 12: What advantages or disadvantages are associated with
making the rule effective on December 31, 2018 and generally making the
stress buffer requirements effective on October 1, 2019?
D. Impact of the Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements
To avoid limitations on capital distributions under the Board's
current rules, a firm must manage to two distinct capital regimes.
Specifically, the firm must both (1) maintain risk-based capital ratios
above the capital rule's minimum requirements plus the capital
conservation buffer requirement (a GSIB must also maintain a
supplementary leverage ratio above 5 percent), and (2) demonstrate an
ability to maintain capital ratios above minimum regulatory capital
requirements in the supervisory post-stress capital assessment in CCAR.
This proposal would simplify and integrate these requirements,
eliminating the need for firms to manage to both potential sources of
limitations on capital distributions. In conjunction with the proposal,
the Board would also modify certain assumptions used in the supervisory
stress test. To assess the impact of both the integration and the
modified assumptions, the Board reviewed the levels of capital
currently required of each firm across the two current regimes to avoid
limitations on capital distributions and compared the higher of those
amounts to the estimated level of capital that would be required of
each firm under the proposal.\38\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\38\ This analysis assumes a countercyclical capital buffer
amount of zero, consistent with the current level as affirmed by the
Board on December 1, 2017: www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/pressreleases/bcreg20171201a.htm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
For firms with over $50 billion in assets that are not GSIBs, the
proposal would generally result in a reduction to a firm's required
level of capital to avoid capital distribution limitations relative to
what is required today.\39\ This estimated reduction is attributable to
the proposal's modified assumptions regarding balance sheet growth and
capital distributions. While these assumptions would more appropriately
reflect the expected performance of bank portfolios under stress, they
would be somewhat less stringent than the assumptions currently used in
the supervisory stress test. For GSIBs, the proposal would generally
maintain or in some cases increase CET1 capital requirements. The
estimated increase for these firms would occur because the capital
conservation buffer requirement under the proposal--which, for a GSIB,
includes both the stress capital buffer requirement and the GSIB
surcharge--would be greater than the capital required under the current
supervisory post-stress capital assessment.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\39\ In connection with this analysis, the Board analyzed the
stress test results in CCAR 2015 through 2017. U.S. IHC subsidiaries
of foreign banking organizations were not subject to supervisory
stress testing for this full period, and accordingly, were excluded
from this quantitative analysis. None of these firms is subject to
the GSIB surcharge, and all would benefit from the modified capital
distribution and balance sheet assumptions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
All other things being equal, the proposal generally would lower
the amount of tier 1 capital that a firm would need to maintain with
respect to the assessment of the leverage ratio in stress. This is
because the modified balance sheet and distribution assumptions in the
supervisory stress test would reduce the stringency of the Tier 1
leverage ratio in stress and the stress leverage buffer requirement
would not include a GSIB surcharge or any applicable countercyclical
capital buffer amount.
The impact of the proposal would vary through the economic and
credit cycle based on the risk profile and planned capital
distributions of individual firms, as well as on the specific severely
adverse stress scenario used in the supervisory stress test. Based on
data from CCAR 2015, 2016, and 2017, the impact of the proposal would
range from an aggregate reduction in CET1 capital requirements of about
$35 billion (based on 2017 data) to an aggregate increase in CET1
capital requirements of about $40 billion (based on 2015 data). For
GSIBs, this represents a corresponding increase in CET1 capital
requirements of approximately $10 billion to $50 billion in aggregate,
respectively, while non-GSIBs would have a decrease of approximately
$45 billion to $10 billion, respectively. Had the proposal been in
effect during recent CCAR exercises, analysis of those CCAR results and
the current level of capital at participating firms indicates that no
such firm would have needed to raise additional capital in order to
avoid the proposal's limitations on capital distributions.
III. Proposed Changes to the Capital Plan Rule
A. Removal of Quantitative Objection
The proposal would remove the quantitative objection from the
capital plan rule. Under the current capital plan rule, a firm may
receive an objection to its capital plan if the firm does not
demonstrate the ability to maintain capital ratios above the minimum
requirements on a post-stress basis. The proposal would replace the
quantitative objection with the stress buffer requirements.
B. Requirements for a Firm's Planned Capital Distributions
A focus on firms' capital planning would continue to be a key
element of the Board's regulatory and supervisory regime. The proposal
would continue to require a firm to describe its planned capital
distributions in its capital plan and not exceed those planned capital
distributions. Firms should plan to maintain capital levels above their
minimum requirements plus relevant buffer requirements during normal
economic periods and also to plan for capital needs during adverse
economic conditions. These practices allow firms to continue to lend
and operate as viable financial intermediaries even during adverse
periods.
To help ensure a firm engages in prudent capital planning, the firm
would be required to limit its planned capital distributions for the
fourth through seventh quarters of the planning horizon to those that
would be consistent with any effective capital distribution limitations
that would apply under the firm's own BHC baseline scenario
projections.\40\ For
[[Page 18168]]
example, in a given calendar quarter, if a firm estimates that the
amount of its capital conservation buffer will be less than the
corresponding capital conservation buffer requirement, the firm would
be required to limit its planned distributions in that quarter to those
permitted under the capital rule. When determining conformance under
the capital plan rule with effective capital distribution limitations
established by the Board under the capital rule, a firm would not be
required to consider planned discretionary bonus payments.\41\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\40\ A firm would be required to ensure its planned capital
distributions are consistent with any limitations on capital
distributions it anticipates would apply in baseline conditions in
the upcoming year. Those limitations would include the projected
standardized approach capital conservation buffer requirement,
stress leverage buffer requirement, supplementary leverage buffer
requirement, internal and external total loss-absorbing capacity
buffer requirements, and any capital directive established by the
Board by order or regulation. The limitations would not be
calculated using the advanced approaches, as a firm is not required
to use the advanced approaches to calculate its regulatory capital
ratios in the capital plan rule.
\41\ The capital plan rule and corresponding regulatory reports
do not require a firm to describe or separately identify
discretionary bonus payments.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In its capital plan, a firm would also be required to plan for all
limitations on capital distributions in the Board's rules, except the
advanced approaches capital conservation buffer requirement and total
loss-absorbing capacity buffer requirement calculated using the
advanced approaches.\42\ In addition, a firm's GSIB surcharge and
countercyclical capital buffer amount may vary over the planning
horizon, consistent with the requirements of the capital rule. The
proposal would require a firm's planned capital distributions to be
consistent with, as applicable, the firm's current GSIB surcharge and
countercyclical capital buffer amount, as well as any known changes to
these items during the planning horizon. Any assumption that the GSIB
would rapidly shrink and reduce its other measures of systemic risk
during a stress period such that it no longer would be a GSIB would be
inconsistent with the expectation that the GSIB remain a financial
intermediary and continue to support the real economy. The proposal
would therefore require a firm to assume its GSIB surcharge in the
ninth quarter of the planning horizon is the same as its GSIB surcharge
in the eighth quarter of the planning horizon.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\42\ See e.g., 12 CFR 217.11, 12 CFR 252.63, 12 CFR 252.165, and
12 CFR part 263.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
For instance, a firm that became subject to a higher GSIB surcharge
in its most recent annual surcharge calculation would use the higher
surcharge beginning in the fifth quarter of the planning horizon (which
would coincide with the quarter in which the higher GSIB surcharge
would come into effect under the capital rule) and retain that amount
through the end of the planning horizon. Otherwise, a firm would assume
that its current GSIB surcharge applies for all quarters of the
planning horizon (as it would not have knowledge of a decrease in its
GSIB surcharge when it finalized its plan). With regard to the
countercyclical capital buffer, a firm would reflect any applicable
countercyclical capital buffer amount as established by the Board. For
example, if the Board had established a countercyclical capital buffer
amount beginning in the fifth quarter of the planning horizon that
remained in effect for one year, the firm would reflect the
countercyclical capital buffer amount in quarters five through eight of
the planning horizon.
Under the proposal, a firm's planned capital distributions would be
required to be consistent with effective capital distribution
limitations that would apply in the firm's pro forma projections under
the BHC baseline scenario. The BHC baseline scenario would be defined
as a scenario that reflects the bank holding company's reasonable
expectation of the economic and financial outlook, including
expectations related to the bank holding company's capital adequacy and
financial condition. The firm's projections under the BHC baseline
scenario must incorporate the firm's expected performance, business
plan, management actions, and all planned capital actions.\43\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\43\ Consistent with current practice, a firm may use the same
baseline scenario as the supervisory baseline scenario if the bank
holding company determines the supervisory baseline scenario
appropriately represents its view of the most likely outlook for the
risk factors salient to the firm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basing capital distribution restrictions on a firm's projections in
its BHC baseline scenario may create incentives for a firm to be overly
optimistic about its baseline projections in order to increase the
amount of permissible capital distributions. In order to maintain
strong incentives for a firm to project realistic baseline earnings,
the Board intends to monitor and evaluate a firm's quarterly
performance relative to its baseline projections to help ensure that
the firm adopts processes that realistically project performance and
capital levels. A pattern of materially underperforming baseline
projections for earnings, capital levels, or capital ratios may be
indicative of weaknesses in the firm's capital planning and result in
heightened scrutiny in the qualitative assessment. Additionally, as
under the current rule, the Board may require a firm that materially
underperforms its projected capital ratios to resubmit its capital plan
if such underperformance results from material changes in the firm's
risk exposures or operating conditions. Additionally, under the
proposal, the Board would continue to be able to object to the capital
plans of large and complex firms and LISCC firms on qualitative
grounds.
Further, the proposal would provide that the Board would consider
the results of any stress test conducted by the bank holding company or
the Board in conducting its review of a firm's capital plan, similar to
the provision in the current capital plan rule. Those results would
inform the Board's view of the financial condition of the firm, which
has implications for the reasonableness and appropriateness of the
firm's capital plan.
Question 13: What are the advantages and disadvantages of not
requiring a firm to project and meet the limitations of the capital
rule regarding discretionary bonus payments on a pro forma basis?
Question 14: What, if any, modifications should the Board make to
the definition of BHC baseline scenario?
Question 15: What are the advantages and disadvantages of not
requiring a firm to make BHC baseline scenario projections that would
enable it to evaluate whether its planned capital actions would be
consistent with advanced approaches-based capital distribution
restrictions, such as the advanced approaches capital conservation
buffer requirement or the total loss absorbency capacity buffer
requirements?
C. Summary of the Proposed Timeline for Reviewing Capital Plans and
Calculating the Stress Buffer Requirements
Under the current capital plan rule, the Board completes its
assessment of a firm's capital plan, including the supervisory stress
test, by June 30. Similarly, under the proposal, the Board would
complete the assessment of a firm's capital plan and provide each firm
with initial notice of the firm's stress buffer requirements by June
30. The proposal would modify certain other procedural requirements
associated with the capital plan rule.
Consistent with the current practice, the as-of date for the
capital plan cycle would be December 31 of the previous calendar year,
and the planning horizon for capital planning would be a period of nine
consecutive quarters from that date. Firms would submit their capital
plans and related regulatory reports by April 5. The Board generally
would determine each firm's stress buffer requirements and conduct a
qualitative evaluation of the capital plans of large and complex firms
and LISCC firms in the second quarter of the year (April through June).
By June 30, the Board generally would disclose to the public
[[Page 18169]]
each firm's stress buffer requirements and the Board's decision to
object or not object to the capital plan of each large and complex and
LISCC firm on qualitative grounds.
Currently, upon completion of the supervisory stress test but
before the disclosure of the final CCAR results, the Board provides
each firm with the results of its post-stress capital analysis, and
each firm has an opportunity to make a one-time adjustment to its
planned capital actions. Similarly, under the proposal, within two
business days of receipt of initial notice of its stress buffer
requirements, a firm would be required to assess whether its planned
capital distributions are consistent with the effective capital
distribution limitations that would apply on a pro forma basis under
the BHC baseline scenario throughout the fourth through seventh
quarters of the planning horizon. In the event of an inconsistency, a
firm would be required to reduce the capital distributions in its
capital plan to be consistent with such limitations for those quarters
of the planning horizon.\44\ A firm would be required to notify the
Board of any reductions in capital distributions in its capital plan.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\44\ In addition, a firm that is not required to reduce its
planned capital distributions would be permitted to do so after
receiving its initial notice. For instance, a firm may choose to
reduce its planned dividends in order to lower its stress buffer
requirements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Each firm's updated annual stress buffer requirements would become
effective for purposes of the capital rule on October 1. From October 1
through September 30 of the following calendar year, a firm would not
be permitted to exceed the amount of capital distributions in the
firm's capital plan without prior notification to or approval from the
Board.
Table 1 below summarizes the key dates and actions in the annual
capital plan cycle under the proposal.
Table 1--Key Dates and Actions in the Annual Capital Plan Cycle Under
the Proposal
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date Action
------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31 of the preceding As of date of the capital plan cycle.
calendar year.
By February 15............... Board publishes scenarios for the
upcoming capital plan cycle.
By April 5................... Each firm submits its capital plan
(including results of the bank holding
company's stress tests) and relevant
regulatory reports.
April through June........... Board performs its supervisory stress
test and calculates each firm's stress
buffer requirements. Concurrently, the
Board conducts a qualitative evaluation
of each large and complex and LISCC
firm's capital plan.
By June 30................... The Board provides to a firm and
publishes initial notice of the firm's
stress buffer requirements, and for each
large and complex and LISCC firm, the
Board's decision to object or not object
to the capital plan on a qualitative
basis.
Within two business days of Each firm must analyze its planned
initial notice. capital distributions for the period of
October 1 through September 30 of the
following calendar year, and adjust
downward any amount not consistent with
effective capital distribution
limitations that would apply on a pro
forma basis under baseline conditions,
and provide the Board its final planned
capital distributions.
October 1 through September Effective dates of a firm's stress buffer
30 of the following calendar requirements.
year.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transition to the Stress Buffer Requirement Regime
Currently, the Board's review and approval of planned capital
actions covers the four-quarter period between July 1 and June 30 of
the following calendar year. Were a firm's stress buffer requirements
to become effective on October 1, 2019, as proposed, for the period
July 1 to September 30, 2019, a bank holding company would be
authorized to make capital distributions that do not exceed the four-
quarter average of capital distributions to which the Board indicated
its non-objection for the previous capital plan cycle, unless otherwise
determined by the Board. To the extent that a firm wishes to make
additional capital distributions beyond its four-quarter average of
capital distributions to which the Board indicated its non-objection
for the previous capital plan cycle, it would be able to use the
established notification or request for approval processes in the
current capital plan rule.
Question 16: The proposal would maintain the Board's current
practice of providing firms with two business days to make any
adjustments to planned capital actions to minimize the time when a firm
has material nonpublic information. What if any challenges are posed by
this timeframe for a firm to adjust its planned capital actions?
Question 17: What are the advantages or disadvantages of the
proposed transition from the current process to the proposed process?
What if any alternative transition processes should the Board consider
and why?
D. Requests for Reconsideration
The proposed rule would revise the procedures for a firm to request
reconsideration of a qualitative objection to its capital plan and
would provide similar procedures to allow a firm to request
reconsideration of its stress buffer requirements.
Under the proposal, a firm that determines to request
reconsideration of any of its stress buffer requirements or of a
qualitative objection to its capital plan would be required to submit a
request to the Board, and the Board would respond in writing within 30
days. By requiring a firm to submit a request for reconsideration
through this procedure, the proposal would provide the Board with an
opportunity to consider justifications and additional information that
the firm believes would support its request in light of the results of
the Board's supervisory stress test, additional information received
during the CCAR process, and any other relevant information. The
proposed procedures also would provide a firm with an opportunity to
respond to any of its stress buffer requirements and help ensure that
the stress capital buffer requirements are appropriately sized.
Likewise, the proposed procedures would provide a firm with an
opportunity to respond to a qualitative objection to its capital plan,
and to help ensure that the Board has considered all relevant aspects
of the firm's capital planning process and capital adequacy process.
While a firm's request for reconsideration is pending, the requirements
under reconsideration
[[Page 18170]]
would not be final, and therefore would not be effective.
Timing and Contents of Request for Reconsideration
The proposal would establish requirements for the timing and
contents of a request for reconsideration. Under the proposal, a firm
wishing to request reconsideration of a qualitative objection to its
capital plan or any of its stress buffer requirements would be required
to submit to the Board in writing such request within fifteen calendar
days of receipt of notice of its objection or stress buffer
requirements. The request would be required to include an explanation
of why the firm believes that the objection to its capital plan or
either of its stress buffer requirements should be reconsidered. To
facilitate the Board's review of a firm's request for reconsideration,
the request should identify all supporting reasons for the request. For
information not previously provided as part of the capital plan, the
request should include an explanation of why the information should be
considered.
Within 30 calendar days of receipt of the firm's request for
reconsideration, the Board would notify the firm of its decision to
affirm or modify any of the firm's stress buffer requirements or affirm
or withdraw its objection to the firm's capital plan.\45\ The Board's
response would include an explanation of its decision, including
responses to the firm's supporting reasons and consideration of
additional information provided.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\45\ The Board would be able to extend the time for action on a
request for reconsideration upon notice to the firm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The proposed timeline is intended to provide an adequate
opportunity for response, while ensuring that the results of the
supervisory stress test and a firm's most recent capital plan are
integrated into the firm's ongoing capital requirements and planned
distributions as quickly as possible. The proposed process should
provide the firm with an opportunity to present any issues or arguments
in an efficient manner and allow the Board to respond to the items
raised in the request for reconsideration taking into account the
results of the stress test and its supervisory experience in light of
information and arguments presented by the firm.
Effectiveness of Stress Buffer Requirements During Request for
Reconsideration
While a firm's request for reconsideration is pending, its stress
buffer requirement(s) or qualitative objection to the firm's capital
plan, if under reconsideration, would not be final, and therefore would
not be effective.\46\ The firm generally would be able to continue to
make capital distributions that were included in the last capital plan
for which the firm received a non-objection.\47\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\46\ A qualitative objection to a capital plan and any of a
firm's stress buffer requirements also would not be effective during
the 15-day period following the notice of objection or stress buffer
requirements but prior to the deadline for submitting a request for
reconsideration.
\47\ To maintain a firm's status quo during the request for
reconsideration, if the Board has not yet indicated its non-
objection for a quarter during which a decision for a request for
reconsideration is pending, a firm would be able to make capital
distributions so long as these distributions do not exceed the four-
quarter average of capital distributions to which the Board
indicated its non-objection for the previous capital plan cycle,
unless otherwise determined by the Board. A limitation based, in
part, on an average of final planned capital actions for the
previous capital plan cycle would account for variations in a firm's
capital actions from quarter to quarter.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adjustments Following Reconsideration Determination
In the case that the Board adjusted a firm's stress buffer
requirements in response to a request for reconsideration of a firm's
stress buffer requirement(s), the firm would follow the procedures
provided for the initial notification of the stress buffer
requirements. To enable the firm to make the capital distributions
included in its original capital plan, if the Board reduced the firm's
stress buffer requirements, the firm would have an opportunity to
increase its planned capital distributions up to the amount included in
the firm's original capital plan. A firm would be required to notify
the Board of any adjustments in planned capital distributions.
Informal Hearing Procedures
Currently, the capital plan rule provides that a firm that requests
reconsideration of an objection to its capital plan may request an
informal hearing as an alternative to requesting reconsideration of an
objection to its capital plan. Consistent with the current capital plan
rule, the proposal would provide a firm with an opportunity to request
an informal hearing as part of its request for request for
reconsideration.
Question 18: What are the advantages and disadvantages of the
proposed procedures for requesting reconsideration of a qualitative
objection to a capital plan or any of the stress buffer requirements?
What, if any, modifications would enhance the proposed procedures?
Question 19: During the pendency of a request for reconsideration,
a firm's stress buffer requirements or objection to a firm's capital
plan would not go into effect and a firm generally would continue to be
bound by existing limitations on capital distributions. What are the
advantages and disadvantages of this approach?
Question 20: The proposal would require a firm to submit a request
for reconsideration within 15 calendar days of receiving notice of a
qualitative objection to its capital plan or any of its stress buffer
requirements. What if any challenges are posed by this proposed
timeframe?
Question 21: The Board has not received any requests for an
informal hearing under the capital plan rule. What are the advantages
and disadvantages of continuing to provide an opportunity to request an
informal hearing? What information would not be adequately addressed in
a written reconsideration process that would be better addressed in an
informal hearing? Discuss and provide examples of any issues that are
likely to be raised in an informal hearing that would not be adequately
presented through a written submission.
E. Capital Plan Resubmission and Circumstances Warranting Recalculation
of the Stress Buffer Requirements
The capital plan rule currently provides that the Board may require
a firm to resubmit its capital plan if the Board determines that there
has been a material change in the firm's risk profile, financial
condition, or corporate structure or if the bank holding company stress
scenario(s) used in the firm's most recent capital plan are no longer
appropriate for the firm's business model and portfolios, or changes in
financial markets or the macro-economic outlook that could have a
material impact on a firm's risk profile and financial condition
require the use of updated scenarios (material change). Additionally, a
firm must resubmit its capital plan if it determines there has been or
will be a material change in the firm's risk profile, financial
condition, or corporate structure since the firm last submitted the
capital plan to the Board. Until the Board has acted on that
resubmitted capital plan, a firm is not permitted to make any capital
distributions other than those approved by the Board in
[[Page 18171]]
writing. A firm that wishes to increase its capital distributions can
choose to resubmit its capital plan to the Board. These provisions
would be maintained in the proposal.
Similar to the current procedure, under the proposal, the Board may
recalculate a firm's stress buffer requirements whenever the firm
chooses or is required to resubmit its capital plan. The Board would
review a resubmitted capital plan within 75 calendar days after receipt
and, at the Board's discretion, provide the firm with one or more
updated stress buffer requirements, and, for a large and complex or
LISCC firm, would object or not object to the resubmitted capital plan
on qualitative grounds. Under the proposal, upon a determination by the
Board or the firm of a material change, the Board may conduct an
updated supervisory stress test and recalculate a firm's stress buffer
requirements based on the resubmitted capital plan.\48\ Similar to the
process for submitting the annual capital plan, the planned capital
distributions in the firm's resubmitted capital plan would be required
to be consistent with any effective capital distribution limitations
that would apply on a pro forma basis over the planning horizon. Any
updated stress buffer requirements, approved planned capital actions,
and, for a LISCC or large and complex firm, the Board's action on the
resubmitted capital plan, would be in effect until the firm's updated
stress buffer requirements from the next annual assessment by the Board
become effective (unless the firm experienced another material change
prior to that date).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\48\ For this purpose, the planning horizon would be the nine
quarter period beginning on the date after the as-of date of the
projections. For instance, if the as-of date of the projections was
June 30, 2019, the planning horizon would extend from July 1, 2019,
through September 30, 2021.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Question 22: Under the proposal, the Board may recalculate a firm's
stress buffer requirements if the firm resubmits its capital plan.
Accordingly, the Board also would recalculate the firm's stress buffer
requirement using an updated severely adverse scenario. What are the
advantages or disadvantages of using an updated severely adverse
scenario to recalculate a firm's stress buffer requirements?
Question 23: What, if any, other changes to CCAR or the capital
plan rule should the Board consider? For example, what advantages or
disadvantages would be associated with:
i. Removing or adjusting the provisions that allow the Board to
object to a large and complex or LISCC firm's capital plan on the basis
of qualitative deficiencies in the firm's capital planning process;
ii. Publishing for notice and comment the severely adverse scenario
used in calculating a firm's stress buffer requirements;
iii. Providing additional flexibility for a firm to exceed the
capital distributions included in its capital plan if its earnings and
capital ratios are above those in its BHC baseline; or
iv. Providing additional flexibility to a firm to increase the
planned capital actions above what was included in its original capital
plan based on the results of the supervisory stress test or request for
reconsideration?
IV. Proposed Changes to the Capital Rule and Explanation of the
Mechanics of the Distribution Limitations of the Stress Buffer
Requirements
A. Proposed Changes to the Capital Rule
Conceptually, a firm's capital buffer is the amount by which its
regulatory capital ratios exceed minimum requirements. For example, for
risk-based capital purposes under the current capital rule, a firm's
capital conservation buffer is equal to the lowest of the following
ratios: The firm's CET1 capital ratio minus its minimum CET1 capital
ratio requirement, its tier 1 capital ratio minus its minimum tier 1
capital ratio requirement, and its total capital ratio minus its
minimum total capital ratio requirement. The proposal would retain this
concept for determining a firm's buffer above its minimum risk-based
capital requirements, and would extend the concept for purposes of
determining a firm's buffer above its minimum 4 percent tier 1 leverage
ratio requirement (leverage buffer). Under the proposal, a firm would
compare a given buffer to the relevant buffer requirement to determine
whether it is subject to limitations on its capital distributions and
discretionary bonus payments.
To incorporate the stress buffer requirements into the capital
rule, the proposal would revise the capital rule to introduce the terms
``stress capital buffer requirement'' and ``stress leverage buffer
requirement,'' and to define standardized approach capital conservation
buffer requirement and advanced approaches capital conservation buffer
requirement for firms subject to the capital plan rule. A firm would
determine its standardized approach capital conservation buffer using
risk-based capital ratios calculated under the capital rule's
standardized approach, and, if applicable, would determine its advanced
approaches capital conservation buffer using risk-based capital ratios
calculated under the rule's advanced approaches.\49\ The firm would
compare each of these buffers to the corresponding capital conservation
buffer requirement. A subject firm's standardized approach capital
conservation buffer requirement would be equal to the sum of: (1) Its
stress capital buffer requirement, (2) as applicable, the firm's GSIB
surcharge; and, (3) as applicable, the firm's countercyclical capital
amount. A subject firm's advanced approaches capital conservation
buffer requirement would be equal to the sum of: (1) 2.5 Percent of
risk-weighted assets, (2) as applicable, the firm's GSIB surcharge;
and, (3) as applicable, the firm's countercyclical capital buffer
amount. Similarly, under the proposal, a firm would compare its
leverage buffer to its stress leverage buffer requirement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\49\ As under the current capital rule, under Sec. 217.10, a
firm subject to the advanced approaches must calculate each of its
risk-based capital ratios (common equity tier 1, tier 1, and total
capital) under the standardized approach (12 CFR part 217, subpart
D) and under the advanced approaches (12 CFR part 217, subpart E).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Mechanics of the Distribution Limitations of the Stress Buffer
Requirements
A firm would be subject to the most stringent distribution
limitation, if any, as determined by the firm's standardized approach
capital conservation buffer requirement, the firm's stress leverage
buffer requirement and, if applicable, the firm's advanced approaches
capital conservation buffer requirement, and the enhanced supplementary
leverage ratio standard. The firm would determine the maximum amount it
could pay in capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments
that quarter (maximum payout amount) by multiplying the firm's eligible
retained income by the most stringent payout ratio, if any, that it is
subject to as determined under Table 2 to 12 CFR 217.11 of the proposed
rule.
For example, in order to determine the maximum payout amount that a
firm may pay in capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments
for the first quarter of 2020, a firm would multiply its maximum payout
ratio by its eligible retained income. For the period from January 1,
2020 to March 31, 2020, the eligible retained income of the firm would
be based on the firm's net income for the year 2019 and the maximum
payout ratio would be determined based on the capital ratios of the
firm as of December 31, 2019. Firms that are subject to stress buffer
requirements are expected to know their
[[Page 18172]]
capital positions on a daily basis. If a firm has any uncertainty
regarding its quarter-end capital ratios prior to filing its regulatory
reports, it should be conservative with capital distributions
(including buybacks) during the beginning of a calendar quarter in
order to avoid a situation in which it distributes more than the amount
permitted under the capital rule.
The proposal would not amend the current definitions of
``distribution'' and ``capital distribution'' found in the capital rule
and capital plan rule, respectively. Under the capital rule, the
definition of distribution includes reductions in tier 1 capital
through a repurchase or any other means, except when the institution,
in the same quarter as the repurchase, fully replaces the tier 1
instrument by issuing another similar instrument. Under the capital
plan rule, a capital distribution means a redemption or repurchase of
any debt or equity capital instrument, a payment of common or preferred
stock dividends, a payment that may be temporarily or permanently
suspended by the issuer on any instrument that is eligible for
inclusion in the numerator of any minimum regulatory capital ratio, and
any similar transaction that the Board determines to be in substance a
distribution of capital. Unlike the definition of distribution in the
capital rule, the definition of capital distribution in the capital
plan rule does not provide an exception for distributions accompanied
by an offsetting issuance. The discrepancy between the two definitions
reflects the different purposes of the two rules. The broader
definition included in the capital plan rule ensures that all
distributions, including those offset by issuances, are included in a
firm's capital plan. However, because distributions offset by
equivalent issuances within a quarter do not affect a firm's capital
position, this type of distribution is not included in the definition
in the capital rule.
Question 24: What are the advantages or disadvantages of
maintaining the current definitions of distribution and capital
distribution in the capital rule and capital plan rule, respectively,
or of amending the definition of capital distribution in the capital
plan rule to match the definition of distribution in the capital rule
or vice versa?
V. Proposed Changes to the Stress Test Rules
To increase the transparency regarding the application of an
additional trading and counterparty scenario component, the proposal
would expressly include the definition of ``significant trading
activity'' into the Board's company-run stress test requirements,\50\
rather than defining this term with reference to the Capital
Assessments and Stress Testing report (FR Y-14). Currently, significant
trading activity is defined in the FR Y-14. The FR Y-14 defines a firm
with significant trading activity as any domestic bank holding company
or U.S. intermediate holding company that is subject to supervisory
stress tests and that (1) has aggregate trading assets and liabilities
of $50 billion or more, or aggregate trading assets and liabilities
equal to 10 percent or more of total consolidated assets, and (2) is
not a ``large and noncomplex firm'' under the Board's capital plan
rule. Under the proposal, this definition of significant trading
activity would be adopted in the stress test rules for the annual
company-run stress test. This change would be responsive to feedback
that it is more transparent to define the scope of applicability for
the trading and counterparty component in the stress test rules, rather
than by cross-reference to the FR Y-14.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\50\ See 12 CFR part 252, subpart F.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
VI. Proposed Changes to Regulatory Reports
The proposal would modify the Consolidated Financial Statements for
Holding Companies Report (FR Y-9C; OMB: 7100-0128) to collect
information regarding the stress buffer requirements applicable to a
firm and the Capital Assessments and Stress Testing Report (FR Y-14A;
OMB No. 7100-0341). Specifically, the proposal would add new line items
to the quarterly FR Y-9C in order to collect information regarding a
firm's stress capital buffer requirement, stress leverage buffer
requirement, and GSIB surcharge and countercyclical capital buffer
amount, as applicable, and information necessary to calculate a firm's
distribution limitations, including its capital conservation buffer,
advanced approaches capital conservation buffer, leverage buffer,
eligible retained income, and distributions. This information would
enable the Board and the public to identify any distribution
limitations and monitor a bank holding company's performance on a
quarterly basis.
The proposal would add similar items to the semi-annual FR Y-14A
schedule to collect the information necessary to compare a firm's
projected capital ratios to expected buffer requirements and implement
the proposed evaluation of planned capital actions under the BHC
baseline scenario.\51\ As described in section III.C above, the
proposal provides that, within two business days of receipt of notice
of its stress buffer requirements, a firm would be required to assess
whether its planned capital distributions are consistent with the
effective capital distribution limitations that would apply on a pro
forma basis under the BHC baseline scenario throughout the fourth
through seventh quarters of the planning horizon. In the event of an
inconsistency, a firm would be required to reduce the capital
distributions in its capital plan to be consistent with such
limitations for those quarters of the planning horizon and provide the
Board with its final planned capital actions following any such
adjustments.\52\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\51\ A firm generally would only be required to report this
information annually in connection with its April 5 capital plan
submission.
\52\ The proposal also permits a firm to reduce its planned
capital distributions if the firm's planned capital distributions
are consistent with effective capital distribution limitations.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
To implement this requirement, a firm would be required to report
its capital distributions on the FR Y-14A filed in connection with its
initial capital plan on April 5, and in the event of any downward
adjustments to its planned capital distributions, resubmit the FR Y-14A
summary schedule within two business days of receiving its stress
buffer requirements, that reflect the stress buffer requirements and
its reduced planned capital distributions.\53\ At the time a firm
submits its capital plan and FR Y-14 report (April 5), the firm will
not be aware of its stress buffer requirements for the upcoming cycle.
For simplicity, the instructions contemplate that the firm would report
the stress buffer requirements currently in effect, and assume that the
stress buffer requirements remain constant through the planning
horizon. However, the capital plan rule requires the firm's planned
capital distributions to be consistent with effective capital
distribution limitations in the fourth through seventh quarters of the
planning horizon and not the distribution limitations in effect in the
prior cycle. Thus, it would be possible for a firm to include planned
capital distributions in its April 5 FR Y-14A
[[Page 18173]]
that would exceed those permitted under the previous cycle's capital
plan, but be consistent with the capital plan rule because the firm's
stress buffer requirements declined.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\53\ In the event that a firm requests reconsideration of any of
its stress buffer requirements, a firm must evaluate its planned
capital distributions in light of any modifications any of the
stress buffer requirements. The firm may be required to reduce or
permitted to increase its capital distributions depending on any
modifications, and must provide the Board with its final planned
capital actions reflecting those adjustments. In the event of any
adjustment, the firm would be required to file the FR Y-14A to
reflect its revised planned capital distributions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Question 25: The proposal would require all firms subject to the
stress buffer requirements to report their eligible retained income and
capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments each quarter on
the FR Y-9C, which is publicly available. What concerns, if any, are
raised by making this reporting mandatory? What concerns, if any, are
raised by making this reporting public as opposed to including this
information in a confidential information collection?
VII. Administrative Law Matters
A. Paperwork Reduction Act
In accordance with section 3512 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of
1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521) (PRA), the Board may not conduct or sponsor,
and a respondent is not required to respond to, an information
collection unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management
and Budget (OMB) control number. The Board reviewed the proposed rule
under the authority delegated to the Board by OMB.
The proposed rule would revise collection of information
requirements subject to the PRA. As described further below, the
proposal would revise the reporting requirements found in section 12
CFR 225.8. Additionally, the Board proposes to revise certain other
collections of information to reflect the changes proposed in the
proposed rule.
The OMB control numbers are 7100-0128, 7100-0341, and 7100-0342 for
this information collection.
Comments are invited on:
a. Whether the collections of information are necessary for the
proper performance of the Federal Reserve's functions, including
whether the information has practical utility;
b. The accuracy or the estimate of the burden of the information
collections, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions
used;
c. Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the
information to be collected;
d. Ways to minimize the burden of the information collections on
respondents, including through the use of automated collection
techniques or other forms of information technology; and
e. Estimates of capital or startup costs and costs of operation,
maintenance, and purchase of services to provide information.
All comment will become a matter of public record. Comments on
aspects of this notice that may affect reporting, recordkeeping, or
disclosure requirements and burden estimates should be sent to:
Secretary, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th and C
Streets NW, Washington, DC 20551. A copy of the comments may also be
submitted to the OMB desk officer by mail to U.S. Office of Management
and Budget, 725 17th Street NW, #10235, Washington, DC 20503 or by
facsimile to 202-3955806, Attention, Agency Desk Officer.
Proposed Revisions, With Extension for Three Years, of the
Following Information Collections:
(1) Title of Information Collection: Consolidated Financial
Statements for Holding Companies.
Agency Form Number: FR Y-9C; FR Y-9LP; FR Y-9SP; FR Y-9ES; FR Y-
9CS.
OMB Control Number: 7100-0128.
Frequency of Response: Quarterly, semi-annually, and annually.
Affected Public: Businesses or other for-profit.
Respondents: Bank holding companies (BHCs), savings and loan
holding companies (SLHCs), securities holding companies (SHCs), and
U.S. intermediate holding companies (IHCs), (collectively, ``holding
companies'').
Abstract: The FR Y-9C serves as standardized financial statements
for holding companies. The FR Y-9 family of reporting forms continues
to be the primary source of financial data on holding companies that
examiners rely on in the intervals between on-site inspections.
Financial data from these reporting forms are used to detect emerging
financial problems, to review performance and conduct pre-inspection
analysis, to monitor and evaluate capital adequacy, to evaluate holding
company mergers and acquisitions, and to analyze a holding company's
overall financial condition to ensure the safety and soundness of its
operations.
Current Actions: The proposal would modify the FR Y-9C for holding
companies subject to the capital plan rule in order to collect
information regarding a firm's stress capital buffer requirement,
stress leverage buffer requirement, GSIB surcharge, countercyclical
capital buffer amount, as applicable, and any applicable distribution
limitations under the regulatory capital rule. Specifically, the
proposal would add new line items to the FR Y-9C Schedule HC-R Part I
to collect to collect the following information from holding companies
subject to the capital plan rule: (1) The firm's capital conservation
buffer requirements (including its standardized approach capital
conservation buffer requirement and the advanced approaches capital
conservation buffer requirement), stress leverage buffer requirement,
and SLR buffer requirement; (2) the firm's capital conservation buffer,
advanced approaches capital conservation buffer, leverage buffer, and,
as applicable, SLR buffer as of the preceding quarter-end, which is the
difference between the firm's relevant capital ratio and the relevant
minimum requirement; and (3) information needed to calculate the firm's
maximum payout amount, including the firm's planned total capital
distributions, eligible retained income, and maximum payout ratio. The
proposed revision would apply to top-tier holding companies subject to
the Board's capital plan rule (BHCs and IHCs with total consolidated
assets of $50 billion or more), for a total of 39 of the existing FR Y-
9C respondents. The draft reporting forms and instructions for the FR
Y-9C will be available at https://www.federalreserve.gov/apps/reportforms/review.aspx.
Number of Respondents: FR Y-9C (non-Advanced Approaches holding
companies or other respondents): 632; FR Y-9C (Advanced Approaches
holding companies or other respondents): 18; FR Y-9LP: 780; FR Y-9SP:
3,889; FR Y-9ES: 80; FR Y-9CS: 236.
Current Estimated Average Hours per Response: FR Y-9C (non-Advanced
Approaches holding companies or other respondents): 47.11 hours; FR Y-
9C (Advanced Approaches holding companies or other respondents): 48.36
hours; FR Y-9LP: 5.27 hours; FR Y-9SP: 5.4 hours; FR Y-9ES: 0.5 hours;
FR Y-9CS: 0.5 hours.
Current Estimated Annual Burden Hours: FR Y-9C (non-Advanced
Approaches holding companies or other respondents): 119,094 hours; FR
Y-9C (Advanced Approaches holding companies or other respondents):
3,482 hours; FR Y-9LP: 16,442 hours; FR Y-9SP: 42,001; FR Y-9ES: 40; FR
Y-9CS: 472.
Proposed Change in Estimated Annual Burden Hours: FR Y-9C: 1,188
hours (an increase of 0.26 hours per response for FR Y-9C (non-Advanced
Approaches holding companies or other respondents) and an increase of 8
hours per response for FR Y-9C (Advanced Approaches holding companies
or other respondents)).
Proposed Total Estimated Annual Burden Hours: FR Y-9C (non-Advanced
Approaches holding companies or other respondents): 119,751 hours; FR
Y-9C (Advanced Approaches holding companies or other respondents):
4,058
[[Page 18174]]
hours; FR Y-9LP: 16,442 hours; FR Y-9SP: 42,001; FR Y-9ES: 40; FR Y-
9CS: 472.
(2) Title of Information Collection: Capital Assessments and Stress
Testing information collection.
Agency Form Number: FR Y-14A/Q/M.
OMB Control Number: 7100-0341.
Frequency of Response: Annually, semi-annually, quarterly, and
monthly.
Affected Public: Businesses or other for-profit.
Respondents: The respondent panel consists of any top-tier bank
holding company (BHC) or intermediate holding company (IHC) that has
$50 billion or more in total consolidated assets, as determined based
on: (i) The average of the firm's total consolidated assets in the four
most recent quarters as reported quarterly on the firm's Consolidated
Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (FR Y-9C) (OMB No.
7100-0128); or (ii) the average of the firm's total consolidated assets
in the most recent consecutive quarters as reported quarterly on the
firm's FR Y-9Cs, if the firm has not filed an FR Y-9C for each of the
most recent four quarters. Reporting is required as of the first day of
the quarter immediately following the quarter in which it meets this
asset threshold, unless otherwise directed by the Board.
Abstract: The data collected through the FR Y-14A/Q/M schedules
provide the Board with the information and perspective needed to help
ensure that large BHCs and IHCs have strong, firm[hyphen]wide risk
measurement and management processes supporting their internal
assessments of capital adequacy and that their capital resources are
sufficient given their business focus, activities, and resulting risk
exposures. The annual CCAR exercise is complemented by other Board
supervisory efforts aimed at enhancing the continued viability of large
firms, including continuous monitoring of firms' planning and
management of liquidity and funding resources and regular assessments
of credit, market and operational risks, and associated risk management
practices. Information gathered in this data collection is also used in
the supervision and regulation of these financial institutions.
The Capital Assessments and Stress Testing information collection
consists of the FR Y-14A, FR Y-14Q, and FR Y-14M reports. The semi-
annual FR Y-14A collects quantitative projections of balance sheet,
income, losses, and capital across a range of macroeconomic scenarios
and qualitative information on methodologies used to develop internal
projections of capital across scenarios.\54\ The quarterly FR Y-14Q
collects granular data on various asset classes, including loans,
securities, and trading assets, and pre-provision net revenue (PPNR)
for the reporting period. The monthly FR Y-14M comprises three retail
portfolio- and loan-level collections, and one detailed address
matching collection to supplement two of the portfolio and loan-level
collections.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\54\ A bank holding company that must re-submit its capital plan
generally also must provide a revised FR Y-14A in connection with
its resubmission.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current Actions: The proposal would modify the FR Y-14 reports in
order to collect information regarding a firm's capital conservation
buffer requirements (including the stress buffer requirements) and any
applicable distribution limitations under the regulatory capital rule.
The proposal would add new line items to the semi-annual FR Y-14A,
Schedule A (Summary--Capital) to collect information regarding a firm's
projections under BHC baseline conditions. Specifically, the FR Y-14A
would be revised to collect the following: (1) The firm's capital
conservation buffer requirements (including its standardized approach
capital conservation buffer requirement and the advanced approaches
capital conservation buffer requirement), stress leverage buffer
requirement, and SLR buffer requirement for each quarter of the
planning horizon; (2) the firm's capital conservation buffer, advanced
approaches capital conservation buffer, leverage buffer, and, as
applicable, SLR buffer as of the preceding quarter-end for each quarter
of the planning horizon, which is the difference between the firm's
relevant capital ratio and the relevant minimum requirement; and (3)
information needed to calculate the firm's maximum payout amount,
including the firm's planned total capital distributions, eligible
retained income, and maximum payout ratio for each quarter of the
planning horizon. The draft reporting forms and instructions for the FR
Y-14 will be available at https://www.federalreserve.gov/apps/reportforms/review.aspx.
Number of Respondents: 39.
Current Estimated Average Hours per Response: FR Y-14A: Summary,
887 hours; Macro scenario, 31 hours; Operational Risk, 18 hours;
Regulatory capital instruments, 21 hours; and Business plan changes, 16
hours; Adjusted Capital Submission, 100 hours. FR Y-14Q: Retail, 15
hours; Securities, 13 hours; PPNR, 711 hours; Wholesale, 151 hours;
Trading, 1,926 hours; Regulatory capital transitions, 23 hours;
Regulatory capital instruments, 54 hours; Operational risk, 50 hours;
MSR Valuation, 23 hours; Supplemental, 4 hours; Retail FVO/HFS, 15
hours; CCR, 514 hours; and Balances, 16 hours. FR Y-14M: 1st lien
mortgage, 516 hours; Home equity, 516 hours; and Credit card, 512
hours. FR Y-14 On-Going automation revisions, 480 hours; and
implementation, 7,200 hours. FR Y-14 Attestation: Implementation, 4,800
hours; and on-going, 2,560 hours.
Current Estimated Annual Burden Hours: FR Y-14A: Summary, 69,186
hours; Macro scenario, 2,418 hours; Operational Risk, 702 hours;
Regulatory capital instruments, 819 hours; Business plan changes, 624
hours; and Adjusted Capital Submission, 500 hours. FR Y-14Q: Retail,
2,340; Securities, 2,028 hours; Pre-provision net revenue (PPNR),
110,916 hours; Wholesale, 23,556 hours; Trading, 92,448 hours;
Regulatory capital transitions, 3,588 hours; Regulatory capital
instruments, 8,424 hours; Operational risk, 7,800 hours; Mortgage
Servicing Rights (MSR) Valuation, 1,380 hours; Supplemental, 624 hours;
and Retail Fair Value Option/Held for Sale (Retail FVO/HFS), 1,500
hours; Counterparty, 24,672 hours; and Balances, 2,496 hours. FR Y-14M:
1st lien mortgage, 229,104 hours; Home equity, 191,952 hours; and
Credit card, 110,592 hours. FR Y-14 On-going automation revisions,
18,720 hours; and implementation, 0 hours. FR Y-14 Attestation:
Implementation, 0 hours; and on-going, 33,280 hours.
Proposed Change in Estimated Annual Burden Hours: FR Y-14A: 780
hours (20 additional hours annually for the 39 FR Y-14 filers).
Proposed Total Estimated Annual Burden Hours: FR Y-14A: Summary,
69,966 hours; Macro scenario, 2,418 hours; Operational Risk, 702 hours;
Regulatory capital instruments, 819 hours; Business plan changes, 624
hours; and Adjusted Capital Submission, 500 hours. FR Y-14Q: Retail,
2,340; Securities, 2,028 hours; Pre-provision net revenue (PPNR),
110,916 hours; Wholesale, 23,556 hours; Trading, 92,448 hours;
Regulatory capital transitions, 3,588 hours; Regulatory capital
instruments, 8,424 hours; Operational risk, 7,800 hours; Mortgage
Servicing Rights (MSR) Valuation, 1,380 hours; Supplemental, 624 hours;
and Retail Fair Value Option/Held for Sale (Retail FVO/HFS), 1,500
hours; Counterparty, 24,672 hours; and Balances, 2,496 hours. FR Y-14M:
1st lien mortgage, 229,104 hours;
[[Page 18175]]
Home equity, 191,952 hours; and Credit card, 110,592 hours. FR Y-14 On-
going automation revisions, 18,720 hours; and implementation, 0 hours.
FR Y-14 Attestation: Implementation, 0 hours; and on-going, 33,280
hours.
(3) Title of Information Collection: Recordkeeping and Reporting
Requirements Associated with Regulation Y (Capital Plans).
Agency Form Number: Reg Y-13.
OMB Control Number: 7100-0342.
Frequency of Response: Annually.
Affected Public: Businesses or other for-profit.
Respondents: BHCs and IHCs.
Abstract: Regulation Y (12 CFR part 225) requires large bank
holding companies (BHCs) to submit capital plans to the Federal Reserve
on an annual basis and to require such BHCs to request prior approval
from the Federal Reserve under certain circumstances before making a
capital distribution.
Current Actions: The proposal would modify the capital plan rule in
Regulation Y by introducing stress buffer requirements and providing
for new procedures regarding their implementation. This includes adding
Sec. 225.8(h)(3)(i), which would require a firm to determine whether
capital distributions for the fourth through seventh quarters of the
planning horizon under the BHC baseline scenario included in the
capital plan submitted pursuant to paragraph (e)(1)(ii) would be
consistent with effective capital distribution limitations, assuming
the stress buffer requirements, and reduce its distributions as
necessary to be consistent with such capital distribution limitations.
Number of Respondents: 39.
Current Estimated Average Hours per Response: Annual capital
planning recordkeeping (Sec. 225.8(e)(1)(i)) (LISCC and large and
complex firms), 11,920 hours; Annual capital planning recordkeeping
(Sec. 225.8(e)(1)(i)) (large and noncomplex firms), 8,920 hours;
annual capital planning reporting (Sec. 225.8(e)(1)(ii)), 80 hours;
annual capital planning recordkeeping (Sec. 225.8(e)(1)(iii)), 100
hours; data collections reporting (Sec. 225.8(e)(3)(i)-(vi)), 1,005
hours; data collections reporting (Sec. 225.8(e)(4)), 100 hours;
review of capital plans by the Federal Reserve reporting (Sec.
225.8(j)), 16 hours; prior approval request requirements reporting
(Sec. 225.8(k)(1), (3), & (4)), 100 hours; prior approval request
requirements exceptions (Sec. 225.8(k)(3)(iii)(A)), 16 hours; prior
approval request requirements reports (Sec. 225.8(k)(6)), 16 hours.
Current Estimated Annual Burden Hours: Annual capital planning
recordkeeping (Sec. 225.8(e)(1)(i)) (LISCC and large and complex
firms), 238,400 hours; Annual capital planning recordkeeping (large and
complex firms) (Sec. 225.8(e)(1)(i)) (large and noncomplex firms),
160,560 hours; annual capital planning reporting (Sec.
225.8(e)(1)(ii)), 2,240 hours; annual capital planning recordkeeping
(Sec. 225.8(e)(1)(iii)), 2,800 hours; data collections reporting
(Sec. 225.8(e)(3)(i)-(vi)), 38,190 hours; data collections reporting
(Sec. 225.8(e)(4)), 1,000 hours; review of capital plans by the
Federal Reserve reporting (Sec. 225.8(j)), 32 hours; prior approval
request requirements reporting (Sec. 225.8(k)(1), (3), & (4)), 2,600
hours; prior approval request requirements exceptions (Sec.
225.8(k)(3)(iii)(A)), 32 hours; prior approval request requirements
reports (Sec. 225.8(k)(6)), 32 hours.
Proposed Change in Estimated Average Hours per Response: Proposed
response to notice; adjustments to planned capital distributions
(recordkeeping) (Sec. 225.8(h)(3)(i)), 2 hours.
Proposed Total Estimated Annual Burden Hours: Annual capital
planning recordkeeping (Sec. 225.8(e)(1)(i)) (LISCC and large and
complex firms), 238,400 hours; Annual capital planning recordkeeping
(Sec. 225.8(e)(1)(i)) (large and noncomplex firms), 160,560 hours;
annual capital planning reporting (Sec. 225.8(e)(1)(ii)), 2,240 hours;
annual capital planning recordkeeping (Sec. 225.8(e)(1)(iii)), 2,800
hours; data collections reporting (Sec. 225.8(e)(3)(i)-(vi)), 38,190
hours; data collections reporting (Sec. 225.8(e)(4)), 1,000 hours;
proposed response to notice: Adjustments to planned capital
distributions (recordkeeping) (Sec. 225.8(h)(3)(i)), 78 hours; prior
approval request requirements reporting (Sec. 225.8(k)(1), (3), &
(4)), 2,600 hours; prior approval request requirements exceptions
(Sec. 225.8(k)(3)(iii)(A)), 32 hours; prior approval request
requirements reports (Sec. 225.8(k)(6)), 32 hours.
B. Regulatory Flexibility Act
The Board is providing an initial regulatory flexibility analysis
with respect to this proposed rule. The Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5
U.S.C. 601 et seq., (RFA), requires an agency to consider whether the
rules it proposes will have a significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities.\55\ In connection with a proposed
rule, the RFA requires an agency to prepare an Initial Regulatory
Flexibility Analysis describing the impact of the rule on small
entities or to certify that the proposed rule would not have a
significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
An initial regulatory flexibility analysis must contain (1) a
description of the reasons why action by the agency is being
considered; (2) a succinct statement of the objectives of, and legal
basis for, the proposed rule; (3) a description of, and, where
feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities to which the
proposed rule will apply; (4) a description of the projected reporting,
recordkeeping, and other compliance requirements of the proposed rule,
including an estimate of the classes of small entities that will be
subject to the requirement and the type of professional skills
necessary for preparation of the report or record; (5) an
identification, to the extent practicable, of all relevant Federal
rules which may duplicate, overlap with, or conflict with the proposed
rule; and (6) a description of any significant alternatives to the
proposed rule which accomplish its stated objectives.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\55\ Under regulations issued by the Small Business
Administration, a small entity includes a depository institution,
bank holding company, or savings and loan holding company with total
assets of $550 million or less and trust companies with total assets
of $38.5 million or less. As of December 31, 2017, there were
approximately 3,384 small bank holding companies, 230 small savings
and loan holding companies, and 553 small state member banks.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Board has considered the potential impact of the proposed rule
on small entities in accordance with the RFA. Based on its analysis and
for the reasons stated below, the Board believes that this proposed
rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities. Nevertheless, the Board is publishing and
inviting comment on this initial regulatory flexibility analysis. A
final regulatory flexibility analysis will be conducted after comments
received during the public comment period have been considered. The
proposal would also make corresponding changes to the Board's reporting
forms.
As discussed in detail above, the proposed rule would amend the
capital rule, capital plan rule, stress testing rules, and the proposed
Stress Testing Policy Statement, that was previously proposed on
December 15, 2017. Under the proposed rule, the Board would use the
results of the supervisory stress test to establish the size of a
firm's stress capital buffer requirement and stress leverage buffer
requirement. The stress capital buffer requirement would replace the
static 2.5 percent of standardized risk-weighted assets
[[Page 18176]]
component of a firm's capital conservation buffer requirement in the
capital rule. As under the current capital rule, a firm would be
subject to increasingly strict limitations on capital distributions and
bonus payments as the firm's capital ratios decline below the firm's
buffer requirements. The proposal would also make adjustments to the
assumptions used in the supervisory stress test and would replace the
capital plan rule's quantitative objection.
The Board has broad authority under the International Lending
Supervision Act (ILSA) \56\ and the PCA provisions of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Act \57\ to establish regulatory capital requirements
for the institutions it regulates. For example, ILSA directs each
Federal banking agency to cause banking institutions to achieve and
maintain adequate capital by establishing minimum capital requirements
as well as by other means that the agency deems appropriate.\58\ The
PCA provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act direct each Federal
banking agency to specify, for each relevant capital measure, the level
at which an IDI subsidiary is well capitalized, adequately capitalized,
undercapitalized, and significantly undercapitalized.\59\ In addition,
the Board has broad authority to establish regulatory capital standards
for bank holding companies under the Bank Holding Company Act and the
Dodd-Frank Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act).\60\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\56\ 12 U.S.C. 3901-3911.
\57\ 12 U.S.C. 1831o.
\58\ 12 U.S.C. 3907(a)(1).
\59\ 12 U.S.C. 1831o(c)(2).
\60\ See, e.g., sections 165 and 171 of the Dodd-Frank Act (12
U.S.C. 5365 and 12 U.S.C. 5371). Public Law 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376
(2010).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The proposed rule would apply only to bank holding companies with
total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, any nonbank financial
company supervised by the Board that becomes subject to the capital
planning requirements pursuant to a rule or order of the Board, and to
U.S. intermediate holding companies established pursuant to the Board's
Regulation YY. Currently, all nonbank financial companies supervised by
the Board are not subject to the capital planning requirements and all
U.S. intermediate holding companies established pursuant to Regulation
YY have greater than $1 billion in total assets. The proposed rule
would not apply to any small entities. Further, the proposal would make
changes to the projected reporting, recordkeeping, and other compliance
requirements of the rule by proposing to collect information from firms
subject to the capital plan rule relating to adjustments to planned
capital distributions included in a firm's capital plan and information
regarding a firm's capital conservation buffer requirements (including
the stress buffer requirements) and any applicable distribution
limitations under the capital rule. These changes would not impact
small entities. In addition, the Board is aware of no other Federal
rules that duplicate, overlap, or conflict with the proposed changes to
the capital rule, capital plan rule, and stress testing rules.
Therefore, the Board believes that the proposed rule will not have a
significant economic impact on small banking organizations supervised
by the Board and therefore believes that there are no significant
alternatives to the proposed rule that would reduce the economic impact
on small banking organizations supervised by the Board.
The Board welcomes comment on all aspects of its analysis. In
particular, the Board requests that commenters describe the nature of
any impact on small entities and provide empirical data to illustrate
and support the extent of the impact.
C. Solicitation of Comments of Use of Plain Language
Section 722 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Pub. L. 106-102, 113
Stat. 1338, 1471, 12 U.S.C. 4809) requires the Federal banking agencies
to use plain language in all proposed and final rules published after
January 1, 2000. The Board has sought to present the proposed rule in a
simple and straightforward manner, and invites comment on the use of
plain language.
For example:
Have we organized the material to suit your needs? If not,
how could the rule be more clearly stated?
Are the requirements in the rule clearly stated? If not,
how could the rule be more clearly stated?
Do the regulations contain technical language or jargon
that is not clear? If so, which language requires clarification?
Would a different format (grouping and order of sections,
use of headings, paragraphing) make the regulation easier to
understand? If so, what changes would make the regulation easier to
understand?
Would more, but shorter, sections be better? If so, which
sections should be changed?
What else could we do to make the regulation easier to
understand?
List of Subjects
12 CFR Part 217
Administrative practice and procedure, Banks, Banking, Holding
companies, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Securities.
12 CFR Part 225
Administrative practice and procedure, Banks, Banking, Capital
planning, Holding companies, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements,
Securities, Stress testing.
12 CFR Part 252
Administrative practice and procedure, Banks, Banking, Capital
planning, Federal Reserve System, Holding companies, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements, Securities, Stress testing.
Authority and Issuance
For the reasons stated in the Supplementary Information, the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System proposes to amend 12 CFR
chapter II as follows:
PART 217--CAPITAL ADEQUACY OF BANK HOLDING COMPANIES, SAVINGS AND
LOAN HOLDING COMPANIES, AND STATE MEMBER BANKS (REGULATION Q)
0
1. The authority citation for part 217 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 12 U.S.C. 248(a), 321-338a, 481-486, 1462a, 1467a,
1818, 1828, 1831n, 1831o, 1831p-1, 1831w, 1835, 1844(b), 1851, 3904,
3906-3909, 4808, 5365, 5368, 5371.
Subpart B--Capital Ratio Requirements and Buffers
0
2. Section 217.11 is revised to read as follows:
Sec. 217.11 Capital conservation buffer, countercyclical capital
buffer amount, and GSIB surcharge.
(a) Capital conservation buffer--(1) Composition of the capital
conservation buffer. The capital conservation buffer is composed solely
of common equity tier 1 capital.
(2) Definitions. For purposes of this section, the following
definitions apply:
(i) Eligible retained income. The eligible retained income of a
Board-regulated institution is the Board-regulated institution's net
income, calculated in accordance with the instructions to the Call
Report or the FR Y-9C, as applicable, for the four calendar quarters
preceding the current calendar quarter net of any distributions and
associated tax effects not already reflected in net income.
[[Page 18177]]
(ii) Maximum payout amount. A Board-regulated institution's maximum
payout amount for the current calendar quarter is equal to the Board-
regulated institution's eligible retained income, multiplied by its
maximum payout ratio.
(iii) Maximum payout ratio. The maximum payout ratio is the
percentage of eligible retained income that a Board-regulated
institution can pay out in the form of distributions and discretionary
bonus payments during the current calendar quarter. For a Board-
regulated institution that is not subject to 12 CFR 225.8, the maximum
payout ratio is determined by the Board-regulated institution's capital
conservation buffer, calculated as of the last day of the previous
calendar quarter, as set forth in Table 1 to this section. For a Board-
regulated institution that is subject to 12 CFR 225.8, the maximum
payout ratio is determined under paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section.
(iv) Private sector credit exposure. Private sector credit exposure
means an exposure to a company or an individual that is not an exposure
to a sovereign, the Bank for International Settlements, the European
Central Bank, the European Commission, the International Monetary Fund,
a MDB, a PSE, or a GSE.
(v) SLR buffer requirement. A bank holding company's SLR buffer
requirement is 2.0 percent.
(vi) Stress capital buffer requirement. A bank holding company's
stress capital buffer requirement is the stress capital buffer
requirement determined under 12 CFR 225.8.
(vii) Stress leverage buffer requirement. A bank holding company's
stress leverage buffer requirement is the stress leverage buffer
requirement determined under 12 CFR 225.8.
(3) Calculation of capital conservation buffer. (i) A Board-
regulated institution that is not subject to 12 CFR 225.8 has a capital
conservation buffer equal to the lowest of the following ratios,
calculated as of the last day of the previous calendar quarter:
(A) The Board-regulated institution's common equity tier 1 capital
ratio minus the Board-regulated institution's minimum common equity
tier 1 capital ratio requirement under Sec. 217.10;
(B) The Board-regulated institution's tier 1 capital ratio minus
the Board-regulated institution's minimum tier 1 capital ratio
requirement under Sec. 217.10; and
(C) The Board-regulated institution's total capital ratio minus the
Board-regulated institution's minimum total capital ratio requirement
under Sec. 217.10; or
(ii) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a)(3)(i)(A) through (C) of this
section, if the Board-regulated institution's common equity tier 1,
tier 1 or total capital ratio is less than or equal to the Board-
regulated institution's minimum common equity tier 1, tier 1 or total
capital ratio requirement under Sec. 217.10, respectively, the Board-
regulated institution's capital conservation buffer is zero.
(4) Limits on distributions and discretionary bonus payments--(i)
General limitation. A Board-regulated institution that is not subject
12 CFR 225.8 shall not make distributions or discretionary bonus
payments or create an obligation to make such distributions or payments
during the current calendar quarter that, in the aggregate, exceed its
maximum payout amount.
(ii) No limitations. A Board-regulated institution that is not
subject 12 CFR 225.8 and that has a capital conservation buffer that is
greater than 2.5 percent plus 100 percent of its applicable
countercyclical capital buffer amount in accordance with paragraph (b)
of this section is not subject to a maximum payout amount under
paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section.
(iii) Negative eligible retained income. Except as provided in
paragraph (a)(4)(iv) of this section, a Board-regulated institution
that is not subject to 12 CFR 225.8 may not make distributions or
discretionary bonus payments during the current calendar quarter if the
Board-regulated institution's:
(A) Eligible retained income is negative; and
(B) Capital conservation buffer was less than 2.5 percent as of the
end of the previous calendar quarter.
(iv) Prior approval. Notwithstanding the limitations in paragraphs
(a)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section, the Board may permit a Board-
regulated institution that is not subject to 12 CFR 225.8 to make a
distribution or discretionary bonus payment upon a request of the
Board-regulated institution, if the Board determines that the
distribution or discretionary bonus payment would not be contrary to
the purposes of this section, or to the safety and soundness of the
Board-regulated institution. In making such a determination, the Board
will consider the nature and extent of the request and the particular
circumstances giving rise to the request.
Table 1 to Sec. 217.11--Calculation of Maximum Payout Amount
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital conservation buffer Maximum payout ratio
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greater than 2.5 percent plus 100 percent of the No payout ratio
Board-regulated institution's applicable limitation applies.
countercyclical capital buffer amount.
Less than or equal to 2.5 percent plus 100 60 percent.
percent of the Board-regulated institution's
applicable countercyclical capital buffer
amount, and greater than 1.875 percent plus 75
percent of the Board-regulated institution's
applicable countercyclical capital buffer
amount.
Less than or equal to 1.875 percent plus 75 40 percent.
percent of the Board-regulated institution's
applicable countercyclical capital buffer
amount, and greater than 1.25 percent plus 50
percent of the Board-regulated institution's
applicable countercyclical capital buffer
amount.
Less than or equal to 1.25 percent plus 50 20 percent.
percent of the Board-regulated institution's
applicable countercyclical capital buffer
amount and greater than 0.625 percent plus 25
percent of the Board-regulated institution's
applicable countercyclical capital buffer
amount.
Less than or equal to 0.625 percent plus 25 0 percent.
percent of the Board-regulated institution's
applicable countercyclical capital buffer
amount.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(v) Other limitations on distributions. Additional limitations on
distributions may apply under 12 CFR 225.4 and 263.202 to a Board-
regulated institution that is not subject to 12 CFR 225.8.
(b) Countercyclical capital buffer amount--(1) General. An advanced
approaches Board-regulated institution must calculate a countercyclical
capital buffer amount in accordance with this paragraph (b) for
purposes of determining its maximum payout ratio under Table 1 to this
section and, if applicable, Table 2 to this section.
[[Page 18178]]
(i) Extension of capital conservation buffer. The countercyclical
capital buffer amount is an extension of the capital conservation
buffer as described in paragraph (a) or (c) of this section, as
applicable.
(ii) Amount. An advanced approaches Board-regulated institution has
a countercyclical capital buffer amount determined by calculating the
weighted average of the countercyclical capital buffer amounts
established for the national jurisdictions where the Board-regulated
institution's private sector credit exposures are located, as specified
in paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of this section.
(iii) Weighting. The weight assigned to a jurisdiction's
countercyclical capital buffer amount is calculated by dividing the
total risk-weighted assets for the Board-regulated institution's
private sector credit exposures located in the jurisdiction by the
total risk-weighted assets for all of the Board-regulated institution's
private sector credit exposures. The methodology a Board-regulated
institution uses for determining risk-weighted assets for purposes of
this paragraph (b) must be the methodology that determines its risk-
based capital ratios under Sec. 217.10. Notwithstanding the previous
sentence, the risk-weighted asset amount for a private sector credit
exposure that is a covered position under subpart F of this part is its
specific risk add-on as determined under Sec. 217.210 multiplied by
12.5.
(iv) Location. (A) Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(1)(iv)(B)
and (C) of this section, the location of a private sector credit
exposure is the national jurisdiction where the borrower is located
(that is, where it is incorporated, chartered, or similarly established
or, if the borrower is an individual, where the borrower resides).
(B) If, in accordance with subpart D or E of this part, the Board-
regulated institution has assigned to a private sector credit exposure
a risk weight associated with a protection provider on a guarantee or
credit derivative, the location of the exposure is the national
jurisdiction where the protection provider is located.
(C) The location of a securitization exposure is the location of
the underlying exposures, or, if the underlying exposures are located
in more than one national jurisdiction, the national jurisdiction where
the underlying exposures with the largest aggregate unpaid principal
balance are located. For purposes of this paragraph (b), the location
of an underlying exposure shall be the location of the borrower,
determined consistent with paragraph (b)(1)(iv)(A) of this section.
(2) Countercyclical capital buffer amount for credit exposures in
the United States--(i) Initial countercyclical capital buffer amount
with respect to credit exposures in the United States. The initial
countercyclical capital buffer amount in the United States is zero.
(ii) Adjustment of the countercyclical capital buffer amount. The
Board will adjust the countercyclical capital buffer amount for credit
exposures in the United States in accordance with applicable law.\10\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\10\ The Board expects that any adjustment will be based on a
determination made jointly by the Board, OCC, and FDIC.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iii) Range of countercyclical capital buffer amount. The Board
will adjust the countercyclical capital buffer amount for credit
exposures in the United States between zero percent and 2.5 percent of
risk-weighted assets.
(iv) Adjustment determination. The Board will base its decision to
adjust the countercyclical capital buffer amount under this section on
a range of macroeconomic, financial, and supervisory information
indicating an increase in systemic risk including, but not limited to,
the ratio of credit to gross domestic product, a variety of asset
prices, other factors indicative of relative credit and liquidity
expansion or contraction, funding spreads, credit condition surveys,
indices based on credit default swap spreads, options implied
volatility, and measures of systemic risk.
(v) Effective date of adjusted countercyclical capital buffer
amount--(A) Increase adjustment. A determination by the Board under
paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section to increase the countercyclical
capital buffer amount will be effective 12 months from the date of
announcement, unless the Board establishes an earlier effective date
and includes a statement articulating the reasons for the earlier
effective date.
(B) Decrease adjustment. A determination by the Board to decrease
the established countercyclical capital buffer amount under paragraph
(b)(2)(ii) of this section will be effective on the day following
announcement of the final determination or the earliest date
permissible under applicable law or regulation, whichever is later.
(vi) Twelve month sunset. The countercyclical capital buffer amount
will return to zero percent 12 months after the effective date that the
adjusted countercyclical capital buffer amount is announced, unless the
Board announces a decision to maintain the adjusted countercyclical
capital buffer amount or adjust it again before the expiration of the
12-month period.
(3) Countercyclical capital buffer amount for foreign
jurisdictions. The Board will adjust the countercyclical capital buffer
amount for private sector credit exposures to reflect decisions made by
foreign jurisdictions consistent with due process requirements
described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
(c) Calculation of buffers for Board-regulated institutions subject
to 12 CFR 225.8--(1) Limits on distributions and discretionary bonus
payments. (i) A Board-regulated institution that is subject to 12 CFR
225.8 shall not make distributions or discretionary bonus payments or
create an obligation to make such distributions or payments during the
current calendar quarter that, in the aggregate, exceed its maximum
payout amount.
(ii) Maximum payout ratio. The maximum payout ratio of a Board-
regulated institution that is subject to 12 CFR 225.8 is the lowest of
the following ratios determined by its standardized approach capital
conservation buffer, leverage buffer; if applicable, advanced
approaches capital conservation buffer; and, if applicable, SLR buffer;
as set forth in Table 2 to this section.
(iii) Capital conservation buffer requirements. A Board-regulated
institution that is subject to 12 CFR 225.8 has:
(A) A standardized approach capital conservation buffer requirement
equal to its stress capital buffer requirement plus its applicable
countercyclical capital buffer amount in accordance with paragraph (b)
of this section plus its applicable GSIB surcharge in accordance with
paragraph (d) of this section; and
(B) If the Board-regulated institution calculates risk-weighted
assets under subpart E of this part, an advanced approaches capital
conservation buffer requirement equal to 2.5 percent plus the Board-
regulated institution's countercyclical capital buffer amount in
accordance with paragraph (b) of this section plus its applicable GSIB
surcharge in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.
(iv) No maximum payout amount limitation. A Board-regulated
institution that is subject to 12 CFR 225.8 is not subject to a maximum
payout amount under paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section if it has:
(A) A standardized approach capital conservation buffer, calculated
under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, that is greater than its
standardized approach capital conservation buffer requirement
[[Page 18179]]
calculated under paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A) of this section;
(B) If applicable, an advanced approaches capital conservation
buffer, calculated under paragraph (c)(3) of this section, that is
greater than the Board-regulated institution's advanced approaches
capital conservation buffer requirement calculated under paragraph
(c)(1)(iii)(B) of this section; and
(C) A leverage buffer, calculated under paragraph (c)(4) of this
section, that is greater than its stress leverage buffer requirement
calculated under paragraph (a)(2)(vii) of this section; and
(D) If applicable, a SLR buffer, calculated under paragraph (c)(5)
of this section, that is greater than its SLR buffer requirement as
calculated under paragraph (a)(2)(v) of this section.
(v) Negative eligible retained income. Except as provided in
paragraph (c)(1)(vi) of this section, a Board-regulated institution
that is subject to 12 CFR 225.8 may not make distributions or
discretionary bonus payments during the current calendar quarter if, as
of the end of the previous calendar quarter, the Board-regulated
institution's:
(A) Eligible retained income is negative; and
(B)(1) Standardized approach capital conservation buffer was less
than its stress capital buffer requirement; or
(2) If applicable, advanced approaches capital conservation buffer
was less than 2.5 percent; or
(3) Leverage buffer was less than its stress leverage buffer
requirement; or
(4) If applicable, SLR buffer was less than its SLR buffer
requirement.
(vi) Prior approval. Notwithstanding the limitations in paragraphs
(c)(1)(i) through (v) of this section, the Board may permit a Board-
regulated institution that is subject to 12 CFR 225.8 to make a
distribution or discretionary bonus payment upon a request of the
Board-regulated institution, if the Board determines that the
distribution or discretionary bonus payment would not be contrary to
the purposes of this section, or to the safety and soundness of the
Board-regulated institution. In making such a determination, the Board
will consider the nature and extent of the request and the particular
circumstances giving rise to the request.
(v) Other limitations on distributions. Additional limitations on
distributions may apply under 12 CFR 225.4, 225.8, 252.63, 252.165, and
263.202 to a Board-regulated institution that is subject to 12 CFR
225.8.
(2) Standardized approach capital conservation buffer. (i) The
standardized approach capital conservation buffer for Board-regulated
institutions subject to 12 CFR 225.8 is composed solely of common
equity tier 1 capital.
(ii) A Board-regulated institution that is subject to 12 CFR 225.8
has a standardized approach capital conservation buffer that is equal
to the lowest of the following ratios, calculated as of the last day of
the previous calendar quarter:
(A) The ratio calculated by the Board-regulated institution under
Sec. 217.10(b)(1) or (c)(1)(i), as applicable, minus the Board-
regulated institution's minimum common equity tier 1 capital ratio
requirement under Sec. 217.10(a);
(B) The ratio calculated by the Board-regulated institution under
Sec. 217.10(b)(2) or (c)(2)(i), as applicable, minus the Board-
regulated institution's minimum tier 1 capital ratio requirement under
Sec. 217.10(a); and
(C) The ratio calculated by the Board-regulated institution under
Sec. 217.10(b)(3) or (c)(3)(i), as applicable, minus the Board-
regulated institution's minimum total capital ratio requirement under
Sec. 217.10(a).
(iii) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, if any
of the ratios calculated by the Board-regulated institution under Sec.
217.10(b)(1), (2), or (3), or if applicable Sec. 217.10(c)(1)(i),
(c)(2)(i), or (c)(3)(i) is less than or equal to the Board-regulated
institution's minimum common equity tier 1 capital ratio, tier 1
capital ratio, or total capital ratio requirement under Sec.
217.10(a), respectively, the Board-regulated institution's capital
conservation buffer is zero.
(3) Advanced approaches capital conservation buffer. (i) The
advanced approaches capital conservation buffer is composed solely of
common equity tier 1 capital.
(ii) A Board-regulated institution that calculates risk-weighted
assets under subpart E of this part has an advanced approaches capital
conservation buffer that is equal to the lowest of the following
ratios, calculated as of the last day of the previous calendar quarter:
(A) The ratio calculated by the Board-regulated institution under
Sec. 217.10(c)(1)(ii) minus the Board-regulated institution's minimum
common equity tier 1 capital ratio requirement under Sec. 217.10(a);
(B) The ratio calculated by the Board-regulated institution under
Sec. 217.10(c)(2)(ii) minus the Board-regulated institution's minimum
tier 1 capital ratio requirement under Sec. 217.10(a); and
(C) The ratio calculated by the Board-regulated institution under
Sec. 217.10(c)(3)(ii) minus the Board-regulated institution's minimum
total capital ratio requirement under Sec. 217.10(a).
(iii) Notwithstanding paragraphs (c)(3)(ii) of this section, if any
of the ratios calculated by the Board-regulated institution under Sec.
217.10(c)(1)(ii), (c)(2)(ii), or (c)(3)(ii) is less than or equal to
the Board-regulated institution's minimum common equity tier 1 capital
ratio, tier 1 capital ratio, or total capital ratio requirement under
Sec. 217.10(a), respectively, the Board-regulated institution's
advanced approaches capital conservation buffer is zero.
(4) Leverage buffer. (i) The leverage buffer is composed solely of
tier 1 capital.
(ii) A Board-regulated institution has a leverage buffer that is
equal to the Board-regulated institution's leverage ratio minus 4
percent, calculated as of the last day of the previous calendar
quarter.
(iii) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section, if the
Board-regulated institution's leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4
percent, the Board-regulated institution's leverage buffer is zero.
(5) SLR buffer. (i) The SLR buffer is composed solely of tier 1
capital.
(ii) A global systemically important BHC has a SLR buffer that is
equal to the global systemically important BHC's supplementary leverage
ratio minus 3 percent, calculated as of the last day of the previous
calendar quarter.
(iii) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of this section, if the
global systemically important BHC's supplementary leverage ratio is
less than or equal to 3 percent, the global systemically important
BHC's SLR buffer is zero.
Table 2 to Sec. 217.11--Calculation of Maximum Payout Ratio
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital buffer \1\ Payout ratio
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greater than the Board-regulated institution's No payout ratio
buffer requirement \2\. limitation applies.
[[Page 18180]]
Less than or equal to 100 percent of the Board- 60 percent.
regulated institution's buffer requirement, and
greater than 75 percent of the Board-regulated
institution's buffer requirement.
Less than or equal to 75 percent of the Board- 40 percent.
regulated institution's buffer requirement, and
greater than 50 percent of the bank holding
company's buffer requirement.
Less than or equal to 50 percent of the Board- 20 percent.
regulated institution's buffer requirement, and
greater than 25 percent of the Board-regulated
institution's buffer requirement.
Less than or equal to 25 percent of the Board- 0 percent.
regulated institution's buffer requirement.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ A Board-regulated institution's ``capital buffer'' means each of, as
applicable, its standardized approach capital conservation buffer,
leverage buffer, advanced approaches capital conservation buffer, and
SLR buffer.
\2\ A Board-regulated institution's ``buffer requirement'' means each
of, as applicable, its standardized approach capital conservation
buffer requirement, stress leverage buffer requirement, advanced
approaches capital conservation buffer requirement, and SLR buffer
requirement.
(d) GSIB surcharge. A global systemically important BHC must use
its GSIB surcharge calculated in accordance with subpart H of this part
for purposes of determining its maximum payout ratio under Table 2 to
this section.
Subpart G--Transition Provisions
0
3. In Sec. 217.300, add paragraph (g) to read as follows:
Sec. 217.300 Transitions.
* * * * *
(g) Implementation of stress capital buffer requirement and stress
leverage buffer requirement. Notwithstanding any other requirement in
Sec. 217.11, unless and until a Board-regulated institution subject to
12 CFR 225.8 has received a stress capital buffer requirement from the
Board calculated pursuant to 12 CFR 225.8, for purposes of Sec. 217.11
its stress capital buffer requirement is equal to 2.5 percent; and,
unless a Board-regulated institution subject to 12 CFR 225.8 has
received a stress leverage buffer requirement, for purposes of Sec.
217.11 its stress leverage buffer requirement is zero.
PART 225--BANK HOLDING COMPANIES AND CHANGE IN BANK CONTROL
(REGULATION Y)
0
4. The authority citation for part 225 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(13), 1818, 1828(o), 1831i, 1831p-1,
1843(c)(8), 1844(b), 1972(1), 3106, 3108, 3310, 3331-3351, 3906,
3907, and 3909; 15 U.S.C. 1681s, 1681w, 6801 and 6805.
Subpart A--General Provisions
0
5. Section 225.8 is revised to read as follows:
Sec. 225.8 Capital planning and stress capital and leverage buffer
requirements.
(a) Purpose. This section establishes capital planning and prior
notice and approval requirements for capital distributions by certain
bank holding companies. This section also establishes the Board's
process for determining the stress buffer requirements for these bank
holding companies.
(b) Scope and reservation of authority--(1) Applicability. Except
as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, this section applies to:
(i) Any top-tier bank holding company domiciled in the United
States with average total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more
($50 billion asset threshold);
(ii) Any other bank holding company domiciled in the United States
that is made subject to this section, in whole or in part, by order of
the Board;
(iii) Any U.S. intermediate holding company subject to this section
pursuant to 12 CFR 252.153; and
(iv) Any nonbank financial company supervised by the Board that is
made subject to this section pursuant to a rule or order of the Board.
(2) Average total consolidated assets. For purposes of this
section, average total consolidated assets means the average of the
total consolidated assets as reported by a bank holding company on its
Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (FR Y-9C)
for the four most recent consecutive quarters. If the bank holding
company has not filed the FR Y-9C for each of the four most recent
consecutive quarters, average total consolidated assets means the
average of the company's total consolidated assets, as reported on the
company's FR Y-9C, for the most recent quarter or consecutive quarters,
as applicable. Average total consolidated assets are measured on the
as-of date of the most recent FR Y-9C used in the calculation of the
average.
(3) Ongoing applicability. A bank holding company (including any
successor bank holding company) that is subject to any requirement in
this section shall remain subject to such requirements unless and until
its total consolidated assets fall below $50 billion for each of four
consecutive quarters, as reported on the FR Y-9C and effective on the
as-of date of the fourth consecutive FR Y-9C.
(4) Reservation of authority. Nothing in this section shall limit
the authority of the Federal Reserve to issue a capital directive or
take any other supervisory or enforcement action, including an action
to address unsafe or unsound practices or conditions or violations of
law.
(5) Rule of construction. Unless the context otherwise requires,
any reference to bank holding company in this section shall include a
U.S. intermediate holding company and shall include a nonbank financial
company supervised by the Board to the extent this section is made
applicable pursuant to a rule or order of the Board.
(6) Application of this section by order. The Board may apply this
section, in whole or in part, to a bank holding company by order based
on the institution's size, level of complexity, risk profile, scope of
operations, or financial condition.
(c) Transitional arrangements--(1) Transition periods for certain
bank holding companies. (i) A bank holding company that meets the $50
billion asset threshold (as measured under paragraph (b) of this
section) on or before September 30 of a calendar year must comply with
the requirements of this section beginning on January 1 of the next
calendar year, unless that time is extended by the Board in writing.
(ii) A bank holding company that meets the $50 billion asset
threshold after September 30 of a calendar year must comply with the
requirements of this section beginning on January 1 of the second
calendar year after the bank holding company meets the $50 billion
asset threshold, unless that time is extended by the Board in writing.
(iii) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank with the
concurrence of the Board, may require a bank holding company described
in paragraph (c)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section to comply with any or
all of the requirements in
[[Page 18181]]
paragraph (e)(1), (e)(3), (g), or (k) of this section if the Board or
appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence of the Board, determines that
the requirement is appropriate on a different date based on the
company's risk profile, scope of operation, or financial condition and
provides prior notice to the company of the determination.
(2) Transition periods for subsidiaries of certain foreign banking
organizations--(i) U.S. intermediate holding companies. (A) A U.S.
intermediate holding company required to be established or designated
pursuant to 12 CFR 252.153 on or before September 30 of a calendar year
must comply with the requirements of this section beginning on January
1 of the next calendar year, unless that time is extended by the Board
in writing.
(B) A U.S. intermediate holding company required to be established
or designated pursuant to 12 CFR 252.153 after September 30 of a
calendar year must comply with the requirements of this section
beginning on January 1 of the second calendar year after the U.S.
intermediate holding company is required to be established, unless that
time is extended by the Board in writing.
(C) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank with the concurrence
of the Board, may require a U.S. intermediate holding company described
in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) or (B) of this section to comply with any or
all of the requirements in paragraph (e)(1), (e)(3), (g), or (k) of
this section if the Board or appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence
of the Board, determines that the requirement is appropriate on a
different date based on the company's risk profile, scope of operation,
or financial condition and provides prior notice to the company of the
determination.
(ii) Bank holding company subsidiaries of U.S. intermediate holding
companies required to be established by July 1, 2016. (A)
Notwithstanding any other requirement in this section, a bank holding
company that is a subsidiary of a U.S. intermediate holding company
(or, with the mutual consent of the company and Board, another bank
holding company domiciled in the United States) shall remain subject to
paragraph (e) of this section until December 31, 2017, and shall remain
subject to the requirements of paragraphs (g) and (k) of this section
until the Board issues an objection or non-objection to the capital
plan of the relevant U.S. intermediate holding company.
(B) After the time periods set forth in paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(A) of
this section, this section will cease to apply to a bank holding
company that is a subsidiary of a U.S. intermediate holding company,
unless otherwise determined by the Board in writing.
(d) Definitions. For purposes of this section, the following
definitions apply:
(1) Additional tier 1 capital has the same meaning as under 12 CFR
part 217.
(2) Advanced approaches means the risk-weighted assets calculation
methodologies at 12 CFR part 217, subpart E, as applicable.
(3) Average total nonbank assets means the average of the total
nonbank assets, calculated in accordance with the instructions to the
FR Y-9LP, for the four most recent consecutive quarters or, if the bank
holding company has not filed the FR Y-9LP for each of the four most
recent consecutive quarters, for the most recent quarter or consecutive
quarters, as applicable.
(4) BHC baseline scenario means a scenario that reflects the bank
holding company's reasonable expectation of the economic and financial
outlook, including expectations related to the bank holding company's
capital adequacy and financial condition.
(5) BHC stress scenario means a scenario designed by a bank holding
company that stresses the specific vulnerabilities of the bank holding
company's risk profile and operations, including those related to the
bank holding company's capital adequacy and financial condition.
(6) Capital action means any issuance of a debt or equity capital
instrument, any capital distribution, and any similar action that the
Federal Reserve determines could impact a bank holding company's
consolidated capital.
(7) Capital distribution means a redemption or repurchase of any
debt or equity capital instrument, a payment of common or preferred
stock dividends, a payment that may be temporarily or permanently
suspended by the issuer on any instrument that is eligible for
inclusion in the numerator of any minimum regulatory capital ratio, and
any similar transaction that the Federal Reserve determines to be in
substance a distribution of capital.
(8) Capital plan means a written presentation of a bank holding
company's capital planning strategies and capital adequacy process that
includes the mandatory elements set forth in paragraph (e)(2) of this
section.
(9) Capital plan cycle means the period beginning on January 1 of a
calendar year and ending on December 31 of that year.
(10) Capital policy means a bank holding company's written
principles and guidelines used for capital planning, capital issuance,
capital usage and distributions, including internal capital goals; the
quantitative or qualitative guidelines for capital distributions; the
strategies for addressing potential capital shortfalls; and the
internal governance procedures around capital policy principles and
guidelines.
(11) Common equity tier 1 capital has the same meaning as under 12
CFR part 217.
(12) Effective capital distribution limitations means any
limitations on capital distributions established by the Board by order
or regulation, including pursuant to 12 CFR 217.11, 252.63, 252.165,
and 263.202, provided that, for any limitations based on risk-weighted
assets, such limitations must be calculated using the standardized
approach, as set forth in 12 CFR part 217, subpart D.\1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Effective capital distribution limitations should not
include planned discretionary bonus payments.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(13) Final planned capital distributions means the planned capital
distributions included in a capital plan that include the adjustments
made pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section, if any.
(14) Global systemically important BHC means a bank holding company
identified as a global systemically important BHC under 12 CFR 217.402.
(15) GSIB surcharge has the same meaning as under 12 CFR 217.403.
(16) Large and noncomplex bank holding company means any bank
holding company subject to this section that:
(i) Has, as of December 31 of the calendar year prior to the
capital plan cycle:
(A) Average total consolidated assets of less than $250 billion;
(B) Average total nonbank assets of less than $75 billion; and
(ii) Is not a bank holding company that is identified as a global
systemically important BHC pursuant to Sec. 217.402.
(17) Net distributions means, for each category of regulatory
capital, the dollar amount of the bank holding company's capital
distributions, net of the dollar amount of its capital issuances.
(18) Net final planned capital distributions means the dollar
amount of net distributions relating to the bank holding company's
final planned capital distributions.
(19) Nonbank financial company supervised by the Board means a
company that the Financial Stability Oversight Council has determined
under section 113 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer
[[Page 18182]]
Protection Act (12 U.S.C. 5323) shall be supervised by the Board and
for which such determination is still in effect.
(20) Planning horizon means the period of at least nine consecutive
quarters, beginning with the quarter preceding the quarter in which the
bank holding company submits its capital plan, over which the relevant
projections extend.
(21) Regulatory capital ratio means a capital ratio for which the
Board has established minimum requirements for the bank holding company
by regulation or order, including, as applicable, the bank holding
company's regulatory capital ratios calculated under 12 CFR part 217
and the deductions required under 12 CFR 248.12; except that the bank
holding company shall not use the advanced approaches to calculate its
regulatory capital ratios.
(22) Stress buffer requirement means either the stress capital
buffer requirement or the stress leverage buffer requirement.
(23) Stress capital buffer requirement means the amount calculated
under paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
(24) Stress leverage buffer requirement means the amount calculated
under paragraph (f)(3) of this section.
(25) Tier 1 capital has the same meaning as under 12 CFR part 217.
(26) Tier 2 capital has the same meaning as under 12 CFR part 217.
(27) U.S. intermediate holding company means the top-tier U.S.
company that is required to be established pursuant to 12 CFR 252.153.
(e) Capital planning requirements and procedures--(1) Annual
capital planning. (i) A bank holding company must develop and maintain
a capital plan.
(ii) A bank holding company must submit its complete capital plan
to the Board and the appropriate Reserve Bank by April 5 of each
calendar year, or such later date as directed by the Board or by the
appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence of the Board.
(iii) The bank holding company's board of directors or a designated
committee thereof must at least annually and prior to submission of the
capital plan under paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section:
(A) Review the robustness of the bank holding company's process for
assessing capital adequacy;
(B) Ensure that any deficiencies in the bank holding company's
process for assessing capital adequacy are appropriately remedied; and
(C) Approve the bank holding company's capital plan.
(2) Mandatory elements of capital plan. A capital plan must contain
at least the following elements:
(i) An assessment of the expected uses and sources of capital over
the planning horizon that reflects the bank holding company's size,
complexity, risk profile, and scope of operations, assuming both
expected and stressful conditions, including:
(A) Estimates of projected revenues, losses, reserves, and pro
forma capital levels, including regulatory capital ratios, and any
additional capital measures deemed relevant by the bank holding
company, over the planning horizon under a range of scenarios,
including any scenarios provided by the Federal Reserve, the BHC
baseline scenario, and at least one BHC stress scenario;
(B) A discussion of the results of any stress test required by law
or regulation, and an explanation of how the capital plan takes these
results into account; and
(C) A description of all planned capital actions over the planning
horizon that are consistent with effective capital distribution
limitations and as may be adjusted pursuant to paragraph (h) of this
section. In determining whether a bank holding company's planned
capital distributions are consistent with effective capital
distribution limitations, a bank holding company must assume:
(1) That any countercyclical capital buffer amount currently
applicable to the bank holding company remains at the same level,
except that the bank holding company must reflect any increases or
decreases in the countercyclical capital buffer amount that have been
announced by the Board at the times indicated by the Board's
announcement for when such increases or decreases take effect; and
(2) That any GSIB surcharge currently applicable to the bank
holding company when the capital plan is submitted remains at the same
level, except that the bank holding company must reflect any increase
in its GSIB surcharge pursuant to 12 CFR 217.403(d)(1), beginning in
the fifth quarter of the planning horizon.
(ii) A detailed description of the bank holding company's process
for assessing capital adequacy, including:
(A) A discussion of how the bank holding company will, under
expected and stressful conditions, maintain capital commensurate with
its risks, maintain capital above the regulatory capital ratios, and
serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary depository
institutions;
(B) A discussion of how the bank holding company will, under
expected and stressful conditions, maintain sufficient capital to
continue its operations by maintaining ready access to funding, meeting
its obligations to creditors and other counterparties, and continuing
to serve as a credit intermediary;
(iii) The bank holding company's capital policy; and
(iv) A discussion of any expected changes to the bank holding
company's business plan that are likely to have a material impact on
the bank holding company's capital adequacy or liquidity.
(3) Data collection. Upon the request of the Board or appropriate
Reserve Bank, the bank holding company shall provide the Federal
Reserve with information regarding:
(i) The bank holding company's financial condition, including its
capital;
(ii) The bank holding company's structure;
(iii) Amount and risk characteristics of the bank holding company's
on- and off-balance sheet exposures, including exposures within the
bank holding company's trading account, other trading-related exposures
(such as counterparty-credit risk exposures) or other items sensitive
to changes in market factors, including, as appropriate, information
about the sensitivity of positions to changes in market rates and
prices;
(iv) The bank holding company's relevant policies and procedures,
including risk management policies and procedures;
(v) The bank holding company's liquidity profile and management;
(vi) The loss, revenue, and expense estimation models used by the
bank holding company for stress scenario analysis, including supporting
documentation regarding each model's development and validation; and
(vii) Any other relevant qualitative or quantitative information
requested by the Board or by the appropriate Reserve Bank to facilitate
review of the bank holding company's capital plan under this section.
(4) Re-submission of a capital plan. (i) A bank holding company
must update and re-submit its capital plan to the appropriate Reserve
Bank within 30 calendar days of the occurrence of one of the following
events:
(A) The bank holding company determines there has been or will be a
material change in the bank holding company's risk profile, financial
condition, or corporate structure since the bank holding company last
[[Page 18183]]
submitted the capital plan to the Board and the appropriate Reserve
Bank under this section; or
(B) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence of
the Board, directs the bank holding company in writing to revise and
resubmit its capital plan for any of the following reasons:
(1) The capital plan is incomplete or the capital plan, or the bank
holding company's internal capital adequacy process, contains material
weaknesses;
(2) There has been, or will likely be, a material change in the
bank holding company's risk profile (including a material change in its
business strategy or any risk exposure), financial condition, or
corporate structure;
(3) The BHC stress scenario(s) are not appropriate for the bank
holding company's business model and portfolios, or changes in
financial markets or the macro-economic outlook that could have a
material impact on a bank holding company's risk profile and financial
condition require the use of updated scenarios; or
(4) For a bank holding company subject to paragraph (i) of this
section, the capital plan or the condition of the bank holding company
raise any of the issues described in paragraph (i)(2) of this section.
(ii) A bank holding company may resubmit its capital plan to the
Federal Reserve if the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank objects to
the capital plan.
(iii) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence of
the Board, may extend the 30-day period in paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this
section for up to an additional 60 calendar days, or such longer period
as the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank, with concurrence of the
Board, determines appropriate.
(iv) Any updated capital plan must satisfy all the requirements of
this section; however, a bank holding company may continue to rely on
information submitted as part of a previously submitted capital plan to
the extent that the information remains accurate and appropriate.
(5) Confidential treatment of information submitted. The
confidentiality of information submitted to the Board under this
section and related materials shall be determined in accordance with
applicable exemptions under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C.
552(b)) and the Board's Rules Regarding Availability of Information (12
CFR part 261).
(f) Calculation methodologies and supervisory practices--(1)
General. The Board will determine the stress buffer requirements that
apply under 12 CFR 217.11 pursuant to this paragraph (f).
(2) Stress capital buffer requirement calculation. A bank holding
company's stress capital buffer requirement is equal to the greater of:
(i)(A) The ratio of a bank holding company's common equity tier 1
risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets, as calculated under 12 CFR
part 217, subpart D, as of the final quarter of the previous capital
plan cycle, unless otherwise determined by the Board; minus
(B) The lowest projected ratio of the bank holding company's common
equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets in any quarter of the
planning horizon under the supervisory stress test described in
paragraph (f)(4) of this section; plus
(C) The sum of the ratios of the bank holding company's planned
common stock dividends (expressed as a dollar amount) to projected
risk-weighted assets for each of the fourth through seventh quarters of
the planning horizon; or
(ii) 2.5 percent.
(3) Stress leverage buffer requirement calculation. A bank holding
company's stress leverage buffer requirement is equal to:
(i) The ratio of a bank holding company's tier 1 capital to average
total consolidated assets, as calculated under 12 CFR part 217, subpart
D, as of the final quarter of the previous capital plan cycle, unless
otherwise determined by the Board; minus
(ii) The lowest projected leverage ratio for the bank holding
company in any quarter during the planning horizon under the
supervisory stress test described in paragraph (f)(4) of this section;
plus
(iii) The sum of the ratios of the bank holding company's planned
common stock dividends (expressed as a dollar amount) to the difference
between projected total consolidated assets and amounts projected to be
deducted from tier 1 capital under 12 CFR 217.22(a), (c), and (d) for
each of the fourth through seventh quarters of the planning horizon.
(4) Supervisory stress test. The supervisory stress test is the
stress test conducted by the Board pursuant to 12 CFR part 252, subpart
E, under the severely adverse scenario using the assumptions regarding
a bank holding company's capital actions over the planning horizon that
are set forth in that section. For a capital plan resubmitted pursuant
to paragraph (e)(4) of this section, the Board may conduct the
supervisory stress test using an updated version of the severely
adverse scenario.
(g) Review of capital plans by the Federal Reserve. The Board, or
the appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence of the Board, will
consider the following factors in reviewing a bank holding company's
capital plan:
(1) The comprehensiveness of the capital plan, including the extent
to which the analysis underlying the capital plan captures and
addresses potential risks stemming from activities across the bank
holding company and the bank holding company's capital policy;
(2) The reasonableness of the bank holding company's capital plan,
the assumptions and analysis underlying the capital plan, and the
robustness of its capital adequacy process;
(3) Relevant supervisory information about the bank holding company
and its subsidiaries;
(4) The bank holding company's regulatory and financial reports, as
well as supporting data that would allow for an analysis of the bank
holding company's loss, revenue, and reserve projections;
(5) The results of any stress tests conducted by the bank holding
company or the Federal Reserve; and
(6) Other information requested or required by the Board or the
appropriate Reserve Bank, as well as any other information relevant, or
related, to the bank holding company's capital adequacy.
(h) Federal Reserve notice of stress buffer requirements; final
planned capital distributions--(1) Timing of notice. The Board will
provide a bank holding company with notice of its stress buffer
requirements by June 30 of the calendar year in which the capital plan
was submitted pursuant to paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section, unless
otherwise determined by the Board. The notice will include an
explanation of the results of the supervisory stress test described in
paragraph (f)(4) of this section.
(2) Response to notice; request for reconsideration of stress
capital buffer requirement or stress leverage buffer requirement. A
bank holding company may request reconsideration of the stress buffer
requirements provided under paragraph (h)(1) of this section. To
request reconsideration of its stress buffer requirements, a bank
holding company must submit to the Board a written request pursuant to
paragraph (j) of this section.
(3) Response to notice; adjustments to planned capital
distributions. Within two business days of receipt of notice of its
stress buffer requirements under
[[Page 18184]]
paragraph (h)(1) or (j)(5) of this section, as applicable, a bank
holding company must:
(i) Determine whether the capital distributions for the fourth
through seventh quarters of the planning horizon under the BHC baseline
scenario included in the capital plan submitted pursuant to paragraph
(e)(1)(ii) of this section would be consistent with effective capital
distribution limitations, assuming the stress buffer requirements
provided by the Board under paragraph (h)(1) or (j)(5) of this section,
as applicable; and
(ii) If the capital distributions for the fourth through seventh
quarters of the planning horizon under the BHC baseline scenario
included in the capital plan submitted pursuant to paragraph (e)(1)(ii)
of this section would not be consistent with effective capital
distribution limitations assuming the stress buffer requirements, the
bank holding company must determine how it would reduce its planned
capital distributions such that those planned capital distributions
would be consistent with effective capital distribution limitations
assuming the stress buffer requirements, and must notify the Board of
these reductions; or
(iii) If the capital distributions for the fourth through seventh
quarters of the planning horizon under the BHC baseline scenario
included in the capital plan submitted pursuant to paragraph (e)(1)(ii)
of this section would be consistent with effective capital distribution
limitations assuming the stress buffer requirements, the bank holding
company may determine to adjust its planned capital distributions,
provided that the adjusted planned capital distributions do not exceed
the amount included in the capital plan submitted pursuant to paragraph
(e)(1)(ii) of this section, and, if any adjustments are made, must
notify the Board of these adjustments.
(4) Response to notice; final planned capital distributions. (i) If
a bank holding company does not request reconsideration under paragraph
(j) of this section, the Board will consider the planned capital
distributions, including any adjustments made pursuant to paragraph
(h)(3) of this section, to be the bank holding company's final planned
capital distributions on the expiration of the time for requesting
reconsideration under paragraph (j) of this section.
(ii) If a bank holding company requests reconsideration under
paragraph (j) of this section, the bank holding company must provide
the Board with its final planned capital distributions, including any
adjustments made pursuant to paragraph (h)(3) of this section, within 2
business days of receipt of notice of the Board's response under
paragraph (j)(5) of this section.
(5) Final stress capital buffer requirement and stress leverage
buffer requirement; effective date. (i) The Board will provide a bank
holding company with its stress buffer requirements and confirmation of
the bank holding company's final planned capital distributions by
August 31 of the calendar year that a capital plan was submitted,
unless otherwise determined by the Board. No stress buffer requirements
shall be considered final so as to be agency action subject to judicial
review under 5 U.S.C. 704 during the pendency of a request for
reconsideration, pursuant to paragraph (j) of this section, or before
the time for requesting reconsideration has expired.
(ii) A bank holding company's final planned capital distributions
and stress buffer requirements shall:
(A) Unless otherwise determined by the Board, be effective on
October 1 of the calendar year in which a capital plan was submitted
pursuant to paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section; and
(B) Remain in effect until superseded, unless otherwise determined
by the Board.
(6) Publication. With respect to any bank holding company subject
to this section, the Board may disclose publicly any or all of the
following items:
(i) The stress buffer requirements provided to a bank holding
company under paragraph (h)(1) of this section that includes the
adjustments made under paragraph (h)(3) also of this section, if any;
(ii) A summary of the results of the supervisory stress test
described in paragraph (f)(4) of this section; and
(iii) A bank holding company's request for reconsideration under
paragraph (j) of this section, and the Board's response to any such
request for reconsideration or a summary thereof.
(i) Federal Reserve action on a capital plan for bank holding
companies that are not large and noncomplex bank holding companies--(1)
Timing of action. The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank with
concurrence of the Board, will object, in whole or in part, to the
capital plan of a bank holding company that is not a large and
noncomplex bank holding company or provide the bank holding company
with a notice of non-objection to its capital plan:
(i) Unless otherwise determined by the Board, by June 30 of the
calendar year in which a capital plan was submitted pursuant to
paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section; and
(ii) For a capital plan resubmitted pursuant to paragraph (e)(4) of
this section, within 75 calendar days after the date on which a capital
plan is resubmitted, unless the Board provides notice to the bank
holding company that it is extending the time period.
(2) Basis for objection to a capital plan. The Board may object to
a capital plan submitted by a bank holding company that is not a large
and noncomplex bank holding company if the Board determines that:
(i) The bank holding company has material unresolved supervisory
issues, including but not limited to issues associated with its capital
adequacy process;
(ii) The assumptions and analysis underlying the bank holding
company's capital plan, or the bank holding company's methodologies and
practices that support its capital planning process, are not reasonable
or appropriate; or
(iii) The bank holding company's capital planning process or
proposed capital distributions otherwise constitute an unsafe or
unsound practice, or would violate any law, regulation, Board order,
directive, or condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the
Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank. In determining whether a capital
plan or any proposed capital distribution would constitute an unsafe or
unsound practice, the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank would
consider whether the bank holding company is and would remain in sound
financial condition after giving effect to the capital plan and all
proposed capital distributions.
(3) Notification of decision. The Board or the appropriate Reserve
Bank will notify the bank holding company in writing of the reasons for
a decision to object to a capital plan.
(4) General distribution limitation. If the Board or the
appropriate Reserve Bank objects to a capital plan and until such time
as the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence of the
Board, issues a non-objection to the bank holding company's capital
plan, the bank holding company may not make any capital distribution,
other than capital distributions arising from the issuance of a capital
instrument eligible for inclusion in the numerator of a regulatory
capital ratio or capital distributions with respect to which the Board
or the appropriate Reserve Bank has indicated in writing its non-
objection.
(5) Publication of summary results. The Board may disclose publicly
its decision to object or not object to a bank holding company's
capital plan under
[[Page 18185]]
this section, along with a summary of the results of the supervisory
stress test described in paragraph (f)(4) of this section for that
company. Any disclosure under this paragraph (i)(5) will occur by June
30 of the calendar year in which a capital plan was submitted pursuant
to paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section, unless otherwise determined by
the Board.
(j) Administrative Remedies; request for reconsideration. The
following requirements and procedures apply to any request under this
paragraph (j):
(1) General. To request reconsideration of an objection to a
capital plan, provided under paragraph (i) of this section, or of a
stress buffer requirement, provided under paragraph (h) of this
section, a bank holding company must submit a written request for
reconsideration.
(2) Timing of request. (i) A request for reconsideration of an
objection to a capital plan, provided under paragraph (i) of this
section, must be received within 15 calendar days of receipt of a
notice of objection to a capital plan.
(ii) A request for reconsideration of a stress buffer requirement,
provided under paragraph (h) of this section, must be received within
15 calendar days of receipt of a notice of bank holding company's
stress buffer requirement.
(3) Contents of request. (i) A request for reconsideration must
include a detailed explanation of why reconsideration should be
granted. With respect to any information that was not previously
provided to the Federal Reserve in the bank holding company's capital
plan, the request should include an explanation of why the information
should be considered.
(ii) A request for reconsideration may include a request for an
informal hearing on the bank holding company's request for
reconsideration.
(4) Hearing. (i) The Board may, in its sole discretion, order an
informal hearing if the Board finds that a hearing is appropriate or
necessary to resolve disputes regarding material issues of fact.
(ii) An informal hearing shall be held within 30 calendar days of a
request, if granted, provided that the Board may extend this period
upon notice to the requesting party.
(5) Response to request. (i) Within 30 calendar days of receipt of
the bank holding company's request for reconsideration of an objection
to a capital plan submitted under paragraph (j) of this section or
within 30 days of the conclusion of an informal hearing conducted under
paragraph (j)(4) of this section, the Board will notify the company of
its decision to affirm or withdraw the objection to the bank holding
company's capital plan, or a specific capital distribution, provided
that the Board may extend this period upon notice to the bank holding
company.
(ii) Within 30 calendar days of receipt of the bank holding
company's request for reconsideration of its stress buffer requirement
submitted under paragraph (j) of this section or within 30 days of the
conclusion of an informal hearing conducted under paragraph (j)(4) of
this section, the Board will notify the company of its decision to
affirm or modify, as applicable, the bank holding company's stress
buffer requirement, provided that the Board may extend this period upon
notice to the bank holding company.
(6) Distributions during the pendency of a request for
reconsideration. During the pendency of the Board's final decision
under paragraph (j)(5) of this section, the bank holding company may
make the capital distributions to which the Board or the appropriate
Reserve Bank indicated its non-objection, except that, if the Board or
the appropriate Reserve Bank has not yet indicated its non-objection
for a quarter during which a decision under paragraph (j)(5) of this
section is pending, the bank holding company is authorized to make
capital distributions that do not to exceed the four-quarter average of
capital distributions to which the Board or the appropriate Reserve
Bank indicated its non-objection for the previous capital plan cycle,
unless otherwise determined by the Board.
(k) Approval requirements for certain capital actions--(1)
Circumstances requiring approval. A bank holding company may not make a
capital distribution (excluding any capital distribution arising from
the issuance of a capital instrument eligible for inclusion in the
numerator of a regulatory capital ratio) under the following
circumstances, unless it receives prior approval from the Board or
appropriate Reserve Bank pursuant to paragraph (k)(5) of this section:
(i) After giving effect to the capital distribution, the bank
holding company would not meet a minimum regulatory capital ratio;
(ii) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence of
the Board, notifies the company in writing that the Federal Reserve has
determined that the capital distribution would result in a material
adverse change to the company's capital or liquidity structure or that
the company's earnings were materially underperforming projections;
(iii) Except as provided in paragraph (k)(2) of this section, the
dollar amount of the capital distribution will exceed the dollar amount
of the bank holding company's final planned capital distributions, as
measured on an aggregate basis beginning in the fourth quarter of the
planning horizon through the quarter at issue; or
(iv) The capital distribution would occur after the occurrence of
an event requiring resubmission under paragraph (e)(4)(i)(A) or (B) of
this section and before the Federal Reserve has responded or acted
under paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section, as applicable.
(2) Exception for well capitalized bank holding companies. (i) A
bank holding company may make a capital distribution for which the
dollar amount exceeds the dollar amount of the bank holding company's
final planned capital distributions if the following conditions are
satisfied:
(A) The bank holding company is, and after the capital distribution
would remain, well capitalized as defined in Sec. 225.2(r);
(B) The bank holding company's performance and capital levels are,
and after the capital distribution would remain, consistent with its
projections under the BHC baseline scenario;
(C) The annual aggregate dollar amount of all capital distributions
in the period beginning on July 1 of a calendar year and ending on June
30 of the following calendar year would not exceed the total dollar
amounts of the bank holding company's final planned capital
distributions by more than 0.25 percent multiplied by the bank holding
company's tier 1 capital, as reported to the Federal Reserve on the
bank holding company's most recent first-quarter FR Y-9C;
(D) Between July 1 of a calendar year and March 15 of the following
calendar year, the bank holding company provides the appropriate
Reserve Bank with notice 15 calendar days prior to a capital
distribution that includes the elements described in paragraph (k)(4)
of this section; and
(E) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence of
the Board, does not object to the transaction proposed in the notice.
In determining whether to object to the proposed transaction, the Board
or the appropriate Reserve Bank shall apply the criteria described in
paragraph (k)(5)(ii) of this section.
(ii) The exception in this paragraph (k)(2) shall not apply if the
Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank notifies the bank holding company
in writing that it is ineligible for this exception.
[[Page 18186]]
(3) Net distribution limitation--(i) General. Notwithstanding a
bank holding company's final planned capital distributions, the bank
holding company must reduce its capital distributions in accordance
with paragraph (k)(3)(ii) of this section if the bank holding company
raises a smaller dollar amount of capital of a given category of
regulatory capital instruments than it had included in its capital
plan, as measured on an aggregate basis beginning in the fourth quarter
of the planning horizon through the end of the current quarter.
(ii) Reduction of distributions--(A) Common equity tier 1 capital.
If the bank holding company raises a smaller dollar amount of common
equity tier 1 capital, the bank holding company must reduce its final
planned capital distributions relating to common equity tier 1 capital
such that net distributions relating to common equity tier 1 capital
are no greater than net final planned capital distributions of common
equity tier 1 capital, as measured on an aggregate basis beginning in
the fourth quarter of the planning horizon through the end of the
current quarter.
(B) Additional tier 1 capital. If the bank holding company raises a
smaller dollar amount of additional tier 1 capital, the bank holding
company must reduce its final planned capital distributions relating to
additional tier 1 capital (other than scheduled payments on additional
tier 1 capital instruments) such that the dollar amount of the bank
holding company's net distributions relating to additional tier 1
capital is no greater than the dollar amount of its net final planned
capital distributions relating to additional tier 1 capital, as
measured on an aggregate basis beginning in the fourth quarter of the
planning horizon through the end of the current quarter.
(C) Tier 2 capital. If the bank holding company raises a smaller
dollar amount of tier 2 capital, the bank holding company must reduce
its final planned capital distributions relating to tier 2 capital
(other than scheduled payments on tier 2 capital instruments) such that
the dollar amount of the bank holding company's net distributions
relating to tier 2 capital is no greater than the dollar amount of its
net final planned capital distributions relating to tier 2 capital, as
measured on an aggregate basis beginning in the fourth quarter of the
planning horizon through the end of the current quarter.
(iii) Exceptions. Paragraphs (k)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section
shall not apply:
(A) To the extent that the Board or appropriate Reserve Bank
indicates in writing its approval pursuant to paragraph (k)(5) of this
section, following a request for prior approval from the bank holding
company that includes all of the information required to be submitted
under paragraph (k)(4) of this section;
(B) To capital distributions arising from the issuance of a capital
instrument eligible for inclusion in the numerator of a regulatory
capital ratio that the bank holding company had not included in its
capital plan;
(C) To the extent that the bank holding company raised a smaller
dollar amount of capital in the category of regulatory capital
instruments described in paragraph (k)(3)(i) of this section due to
employee-directed capital issuances related to an employee stock
ownership plan;
(D) To the extent that the bank holding company raised a smaller
dollar amount of capital in the category of regulatory capital
instruments described in paragraph (k)(3)(i) of this section due to a
planned merger or acquisition that is no longer expected to be
consummated or for which the consideration paid is lower than the
projected price in the capital plan; or
(E) To the extent that the dollar amount by which the bank holding
company's net distributions exceed the dollar amount of its net final
planned capital distributions in the category of regulatory capital
instruments described in paragraph (k)(3)(i) of this section, as
measured on an aggregate basis beginning in the fourth quarter of the
planning horizon through the end of the current quarter, is less than
0.25 percent of the bank holding company's tier 1 capital, as reported
to the Federal Reserve on the bank holding company's most recent first-
quarter FR Y-9C; between July 1 of a calendar year and March 15 of the
following calendar year, the bank holding company provides the
appropriate Reserve Bank with notice 15 calendar days prior to any
capital distribution in that category of regulatory capital instruments
that includes the elements described in paragraph (k)(4) of this
section; and the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence
of the Board, does not object to the transaction proposed in the
notice. In determining whether to object to the proposed transaction,
the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank shall apply the criteria
described in paragraph (k)(5)(ii) of this section.
(iv) Exclusion from exceptions. The exceptions in paragraph
(k)(3)(iii) of this section shall not apply if the Board or the
appropriate Reserve Bank notifies the bank holding company in writing
that it is ineligible for this exception.
(4) Contents of request. (i) A request for a capital distribution
under this section shall be filed between July 1 of a calendar year and
March 1 of the following calendar year with the appropriate Reserve
Bank and the Board and shall contain the following information:
(A) The bank holding company's current capital plan or an
attestation that there have been no changes to the capital plan since
it was last submitted to the Federal Reserve;
(B) The purpose of the transaction;
(C) A description of the capital distribution, including for
redemptions or repurchases of securities, the gross consideration to be
paid and the terms and sources of funding for the transaction, and for
dividends, the amount of the dividend(s); and
(D) Any additional information requested by the Board or the
appropriate Reserve Bank (which may include, among other things, an
assessment of the bank holding company's capital adequacy under a
revised stress scenario provided by the Federal Reserve, a revised
capital plan, and supporting data).
(ii) Any request submitted with respect to a capital distribution
described in paragraph (k)(1)(i) of this section shall also include a
plan for restoring the bank holding company's capital to an amount
above a minimum level within 30 calendar days and a rationale for why
the capital distribution would be appropriate.
(5) Approval of certain capital distributions. (i) The Board or the
appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence of the Board, will act on a
request under this paragraph (k)(5) within 30 calendar days after the
receipt of all the information required under paragraph (k)(4) of this
section.
(ii) In acting on a request under this paragraph (k)(5), the Board
or appropriate Reserve Bank will apply the considerations and
principles in paragraphs (g) and (i) of this section, as appropriate.
In addition, the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank may disapprove
the transaction if the bank holding company does not provide all of the
information required to be submitted under paragraph (k)(4) of this
section.
(6) Disapproval and hearing. (i) The Board or the appropriate
Reserve Bank will notify the bank holding company in writing of the
reasons for a decision to disapprove any proposed capital distribution.
Within 15 calendar days after receipt of a disapproval by the Board,
the bank holding company may submit a written request for a hearing.
[[Page 18187]]
(A) The Board may, in its sole discretion, order an informal
hearing if the Board finds that a hearing is appropriate or necessary
to resolve disputes regarding material issues of fact.
(B) An informal hearing shall be held within 30 calendar days of a
request, if granted, provided that the Board may extend this period
upon notice to the requesting party.
(C) Written notice of the final decision of the Board shall be
given to the bank holding company within 60 calendar days of the
conclusion of any informal hearing ordered by the Board, provided that
the Board may extend this period upon notice to the requesting party.
(D) While the Board's final decision is pending and until such time
as the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence of the
Board, approves the capital distribution at issue, the bank holding
company may not make such capital distribution.
(ii) [Reserved]
(l) Transition for certain planned capital actions. For the period
July 1 to September 30, 2019, a bank holding company is authorized to
make capital distributions that do not exceed the four-quarter average
of capital distributions to which the Board or the appropriate Reserve
Bank indicated its non-objection for the previous capital plan cycle,
unless otherwise determined by the Board.
PART 252--ENHANCED PRUDENTIAL STANDARDS (REGULATION YY)
0
6. The authority citation for part 252 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 12 U.S.C. 321-338a, 481-486, 1467a, 1818, 1828,
1831n, 1831o, 1831p-l, 1831w, 1835, 1844(b), 1844(c), 3101 et seq.,
3101 note, 3904, 3906-3909, 4808, 5361, 5362, 5365, 5366, 5367,
5368, 5371.
Subpart E--Supervisory Stress Test Requirements for U.S. Bank
Holding Companies With $50 Billion or More in Total Consolidated
Assets and Nonbank Financial Companies Supervised by the Board
0
7. Section 252.44 is amended by adding paragraph (c) to read as
follows:
Sec. 252.44 Annual analysis conducted by the Board.
* * * * *
(c) Assumptions. In conducting a stress test under this section,
the Board will make the following assumptions regarding a covered
company's capital actions over the planning horizon:
(1) The covered company will not pay any dividends on any
instruments that qualify as common equity tier 1 capital;
(2) The covered company will make payments on instruments that
qualify as additional tier 1 capital or tier 2 capital equal to the
stated dividend, interest, or principal due on such instrument;
(3) The covered company will not make a redemption or repurchase of
any capital instrument that is eligible for inclusion in the numerator
of a regulatory capital ratio; and
(4) The covered company will not make any issuances of common stock
or preferred stock, except for issuances in connection with a planned
merger or acquisition to the extent that the merger or acquisition is
reflected in the covered company's pro forma balance sheet estimates.
Subpart F--Company-Run Stress Test Requirements for U.S. Bank
Holding Companies With $50 Billion or More in Total Consolidated
Assets and Nonbank Financial Companies Supervised by the Board
0
8. Section 252.54 is amended by revising paragraph (b)(2)(i)
introductory text to read as follows:
Sec. 252.54 Annual stress test.
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) The Board may require a covered company with significant
trading activity (a covered company that has aggregate trading assets
and liabilities of $50 billion or more, or aggregate trading assets and
liabilities equal to 10 percent or more of total consolidated assets,
and is not a large and noncomplex bank holding company, as defined in
12 CFR 225.8) to include a trading and counterparty component in its
adverse and severely adverse scenarios in the stress test required by
this section:
* * * * *
0
9. Section 252.56 is amended by revising paragraph (b) to read as
follows:
Sec. 252.56 Methodologies and practices.
* * * * *
(b) Assumptions regarding capital actions. In conducting a stress
test under Sec. Sec. 252.54 and 252.55, a covered company is required
to make the following assumptions regarding its capital actions over
the planning horizon:
(1) The covered company will not pay any dividends on any
instruments that qualify as common equity tier 1 capital;
(2) The covered company will make payments on instruments that
qualify as additional tier 1 capital or tier 2 capital equal to the
stated dividend, interest, or principal due on such instrument;
(3) The covered company will not make a redemption or repurchase of
any capital instrument that is eligible for inclusion in the numerator
of a regulatory capital ratio; and
(4) The covered company will not make any issuances of common stock
or preferred stock, except for issuances in connection with a planned
merger or acquisition to the extent that the merger or acquisition is
reflected in the covered company's pro forma balance sheet estimates.
* * * * *
0
10. Amend appendix B to part 252, as proposed to be added at 82 FR
59528, by revising section 2.7 and adding section 3.4 to read as
follows:
Appendix B to Part 252--Stress Testing Policy Statement
* * * * *
2.7. Credit Supply Maintenance
The supervisory stress test incorporates an assumption that
restricts the contraction of aggregate credit supply during the
stress period. The aim of supervisory stress testing is to assess
whether firms are sufficiently capitalized to absorb losses during
times of economic stress, while meeting obligations and continuing
to lend to households and businesses. While an individual firm may
assume that it reacts to rising losses by sharply restricting its
lending, (e.g., by exiting a particular business line), the banking
industry as a whole cannot do so without creating a ``credit
crunch'' and substantially increasing the severity and duration of
an economic downturn. Ensuring that covered companies cannot assume
they will ``shrink to health,'' serves the Federal Reserve's goal of
helping to ensure that major financial firms remain sufficiently
capitalized to accommodate credit demand in a severe downturn.
Accordingly, in projecting a firm's balance sheet, the Federal
Reserve will assume that the firm takes actions to maintain a
constant level of assets, including loans, trading assets, and
securities over the planning horizon. In order to implement this
policy, the Federal Reserve must make assumptions about new loan
balances. To predict losses on new originations over the planning
horizon, newly originated loans are assumed to have the same risk
characteristics as the existing portfolio, where applicable, with
the exception of loan age and delinquency status. These newly
originated loans would be part of a covered company's normal
business, even in a stressed economic environment. By precluding the
need to make assumptions about how underwriting standards might
tighten or loosen during times of economic stress, the Federal
Reserve adheres to Principle 1.3 and promotes consistency across
covered companies. Similar to the Board's current methodology,
balance sheet projections would reflect the impact of a planned
merger or acquisition, or completed or contractually agreed-on
divestiture.
In projecting the denominator for the calculation of the
leverage ratio, the Federal Reserve will account for the effect of
changes associated with the calculation of regulatory
[[Page 18188]]
capital or changes to the Board's regulations. As with the Board's
current methodology, leverage ratio denominator projections would
reflect the impact of a planned merger or acquisition, or completed
or contractually agreed-on divestiture.
* * * * *
3.4. Simple Approach for Projecting Risk-Weighted Assets
In projecting risk-weighted assets, the Federal Reserve will
generally assume that a covered company's risk-weighted assets
remain unchanged over the planning horizon. This assumption allows
the Federal Reserve to independently project firms' risk-weighted
assets in line with the goal of simplicity (Principle 1.4). In
addition, this approach is forward-looking (Principle 1.2), as this
assumption removes reliance on historical data and past outcomes
from the projection of risk-weighted assets.
In projecting a firm's risk-weighted assets, the Federal Reserve
will account for the effect of changes associated with the
calculation of regulatory capital or changes to the Board's
regulations in the calculation of risk-weighted assets. As with the
Board's current methodology, risk-weighted asset projections would
reflect the impact of a planned merger or acquisition, or completed
or contractually agreed-on divestiture.
By order of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System, April 10, 2018.
Ann Misback,
Secretary of the Board.
[FR Doc. 2018-08006 Filed 4-24-18; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6210-01-P